Menu

Luke 12:24 — Word Study

Depth

N1904κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

BSAdo considerkatanoeō [think about, observe carefully] theho ravenskorax [corvids, a type of bird] thathoti notou [none, lacking] they sowspeirō [never, plant seeds, cultivate] noroude they reaptherizō [harvest, gather] to themhos, hē notou there iseimi a storehousetameion [inner room, granary] nor [is]oude barn —apothēkē [warehouse, storage] andkai <the>ho [in comparison to, surpassing] Godtheos [the Supreme Being, Creator] feedstrephō [nourishes, provides for] them;autos How muchposos moremallon [to a greater extent, rather] you yourselvessu are valuablediapherō [precious, esteemed] than theho birds?peteinos [fowl, creatures of the air]

Word
Listen & take awayLuke 12
English ↓ Download MP3 The Berean Standard Bible chapter audio already hosted for the site's Bible section — verse 24 is in this chapter.
Greek ↓ Download MP3 Nestle 1904 — the very text on this page — read by Andy Martin in Erasmian pronunciation.
Say the word Each Greek word carries its transliteration (peteinos) — no per-word recordings of the Greek exist to link to.
Take it away
Luke 12:24quick helps
In a sentenceJesus teaches about God's provision for the ravens, emphasizing human value.
Who is speakingJesus, addressing His followers.
Where we areIn a teaching context about worry and God's care.
The hard wordκατανοήσατε
Take awayGod cares for all His creation, including the smallest of creatures.
6 commentators on this verse Gill, Jamieson, Trapp, Ellicott & more — read them › clause subjectταμεῖον verbκατανοέω The sentence as the grammar sees it Open the tree ›
How rare are these words?in the New Testament

1 of 25 occurs nowhere else in the New Testament — a word chosen on purpose.

Bars are logarithmic — , the commonest word in the Greek New Testament, stands 19,867 times, so a linear scale would leave everything else invisible. Click a row to open that word.

Deep Study — Luke 12:24

Sections marked generated are written from the data on this page rather than by a named author. Everything else — the lexicon entries, the cross references, the manuscript readings, the counts — is quoted from its source unchanged.

Context — Teaching on Worry and God's Provisiongenerated

23For life is more than food, and the body more than clothes.
24Consider the ravens: They do not sow or reap, they have no storehouse or barn; yet God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds!
25Who of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life?
26So if you cannot do such a small thing, why do you worry about the rest?

Luke 12:24 is part of Jesus' teaching on the importance of trusting God for our needs. He uses the example of ravens, which do not engage in farming, to illustrate that God provides for them. This teaching reassures His followers of their greater value in God's eyes compared to birds, encouraging them to rely on God's care rather than worry.


Cross References

ReferenceText (BSB)
11 Kings 17:1–6Now Elijah the Tishbite, who was among the settlers of Gilead, said to Ahab, “As surely as the LORD lives—the God of Israel before whom I stand—there will be neither dew nor rain in these years except at my word!”
2Job 38:41Who provides food for the raven when its young cry out to God as they wander about for lack of food?
3Psalm 145:15–16The eyes of all look to You, and You give them their food in season.
4Psalm 147:9He provides food for the animals, and for the young ravens when they call.
5Mark 6:26The king was consumed with sorrow, but because of his oaths and his guests, he did not want to refuse her.

The Treasury of Scripture Knowledge — 8 references, hung on the phrase they belong to


The Key Word κατανοήσατε, katanoeōgenerated

The verb κατανοέω (katanoeō) means to observe or consider carefully, combining the prefix for 'down' with a root meaning 'to perceive.' This word emphasizes the act of thoughtful observation, which is crucial in understanding Jesus' message about God's provision.

In this context, Jesus instructs His listeners to reflect on the ravens, which do not sow or reap, yet are provided for by God. This careful consideration serves to highlight the greater value of humans in God's creation.


How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated

This study reads the verse in the Berean Standard Bible, so the BSB is the wording every comparison below is made against. The BSB uses do not sow or reap, which is echoed in the KJV and ASV, maintaining the agricultural imagery.

Where they part company is with ἔστιν — the BSB states you are, while the ASV and others use are, reflecting different interpretations of the verb's function in this context.


Sentence Structuregenerated

The main verb governing the verse is κατανοήσατε, consider, with a subordinate clause detailing the actions of the ravens and another clause explaining God's provision. This structure emphasizes the contrast between the ravens' lack of effort and God's care.

The verse features multiple clauses: the main clause instructs the audience, while the subordinate clauses elaborate on the ravens' actions and God's provision, creating a layered teaching moment.


Septuagint Backgroundgenerated

κόρακας (korax) appears in the Septuagint as a translation for the Hebrew עֹרֵב, meaning 'raven.' This connection to the Old Testament underscores the continuity of God's provision throughout Scripture.

σπείρω and θερίζω also have roots in the Septuagint, where they relate to agricultural practices, reinforcing the imagery Jesus uses in His teaching.


In plain words — the whole versegenerated

Luke 12:24 teaches that Jesus wants us to think about how God provides for the ravens, which do not plant or harvest. Despite this, God feeds them. He reminds us that we are much more valuable than birds, encouraging us to trust in His care.


Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated

What does Jesus mean by saying the ravens do not sow or reap?

Jesus is illustrating that even though ravens do not engage in farming, God still provides for them, showing His care for all creation.

Why does Jesus compare humans to birds?

The comparison emphasizes the greater value of humans in God's eyes, reassuring His followers that they can trust God for their needs.

What can we learn from the ravens about worry?

Ravens do not worry about where their food will come from; similarly, Jesus teaches us to trust in God's provision and not to be anxious.

How does this teaching relate to our daily lives?

This passage encourages us to rely on God's care and provision, reminding us that He values us highly and will meet our needs.


Reflection Questionsgenerated

  1. In what areas of my life do I struggle to trust God for provision?
  2. How can I remind myself of God's care for me when I feel anxious?
  3. What steps can I take to observe God's provision in my life, similar to how Jesus instructs us to consider the ravens?
  4. How can I share this message of God's care with others who may be struggling with worry?

The early church on this verse — how the Fathers read it

Early church Fathers reference this verse to emphasize God's provision and the value of human life. Their insights are drawn from the teachings of Jesus in this passage.

Clement of AlexandriaThe Instructor Book 2 c. 150–215
And He adds a plain example of instruction: "Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap, which have neither storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them.". "Are ye not better than the fowls? "
Early Church Fathers on Luke 12 →
TertullianAgainst Marcion Book IV c. 155–220
Who would be unwilling that we should distress ourselves about sustenance for our life, or clothing for our body, but He who has provided these things already for man;
Early Church Fathers on Luke 12 →
Eusebius of CaesareaCatena Aurea by Aquinas c. 260–340
By the ravens also he signifies something else, for the birds which pick up seeds have a ready source of food, but those that feed on flesh as the ravens do have more difficulty in getting it.
Early Church Fathers on Luke 12 →

Commentators on this verse — 6 expositors, verse by verse

Each of these wrote on Luke 12:24 itself, not merely on the chapter around it.

John Gill1697–1771Gill's Exposition of the Entire Bible

Consider the ravens,.... According to the Jews (k) there are three sorts of ravens, the black raven, the raven of the valley, which is said to be white, and the raven whose head is like a dove.

Read John Gill on Luke 12 →
Robert Jamieson1802–1880Jamieson, Fausset, and Brown's Commentary

And he said unto his disciples, Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat; neither for the body, what ye shall put on.

Read Robert Jamieson on Luke 12 →
John Trapp1601–1669Trapp's Complete Commentary on the Old and New Testaments

24 Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them: how much more are ye better than the fowls? Ver. 24. See Matthew 6:25-27

Read John Trapp on Luke 12 →
Charles John Ellicott1819–1905Ellicott's Commentary for English Readers

(24, 25) Consider the ravens.—See Notes on Matthew 6:26-27. Here, however, we have the more specific “ravens” instead of the wider “fowls of the air,” as another example of independence. The choice of the special illustration was possibly determined by the language of the Psalmist, “He giveth to the beast his food, and to the young ravens which cry” (Psalms 147:9).

Read Charles John Ellicott on Luke 12 →
CambridgeThe Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

24. the ravens] More specific, and therefore more poetic, than “the fowls” in St Matthew. Perhaps there is a reference to Job 38:41; Psalms 145:15.

Read Cambridge on Luke 12 →
Daniel Denison Whedon1808–1885Whedon's Commentary on the Bible

IV. To the disciples he thereupon counsels absolute unwordliness, Luke 12:23-24. For the correspondent passages in Matthew consult the marginal references.

Read Daniel Denison Whedon on Luke 12 →

The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company

Every translation on this page is a decision someone had to make and commit to. Read down a column and you see one translator's judgement; read across a row and you see the range the Greek actually allows. The BSB is the wording the rest of this page is measured against, so it is listed first.

Modern formal

BSBBerean Standard Bible2020

Consider the ravens: They do not sow or reap, they have no storehouse or barn; yet God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds!

WEBWorld English Bible2000

Consider the ravens: they don’t sow, they don’t reap, they have no warehouse or barn, and God feeds them. How much more valuable are you than birds!

MSBMajority Standard Bible2022

Consider the ravens: They do not sow or reap, they have no storehouse or barn; yet God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds!

NETBNew English Translation2006

Consider the ravens: They do not sow or reap, they have no storeroom or barn, yet God feeds them. How much more valuable are you than the birds!

Tyndale line

KJVKing James Version1611

Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them: how much more are ye better than the fowls?

ASVAmerican Standard Version1901

Consider the ravens, that they sow not, neither reap; which have no store-chamber nor barn; and God feedeth them: of how much more value are ye than the birds!

RVARevised Version, American1894

Consider the ravens, that they sow not, neither reap; which have no store-chamber nor barn; and God feedeth them: of how much more value are ye than the birds!

NWBWebster's Bible1833

Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap: which neither have store-house, nor barn; and God feedeth them: How much more are ye better than the fowls?

GNVGeneva Bible1599

Consider the rauens: for they neither sowe nor reape: which neither haue storehouse nor barne, and yet God feedeth them: how much more are yee better then foules?

Strictly literal

DBYDarby Translation1890

Consider the ravens, that they sow not nor reap; which have neither storehouse nor granary; and God feeds them. How much better are ye than the birds?

YLTYoung's Literal Translation1862

'Consider the ravens, that they sow not, nor reap, to which there is no barn nor storehouse, and God doth nourish them; how much better are ye than the fowls?

LSVLiteral Standard Version2020

Consider the ravens, that they do not sow, nor reap, to which there is no barn nor storehouse, and God nourishes them; how much better are you than the birds?

ULBUnlocked Literal Bible2017

Consider the ravens, that they do not sow or reap. They have no storeroom or barn, but God feeds them. How much more valuable you are than the birds!

From the Latin

DRADouay-Rheims (Challoner)1899

Consider the ravens, for they sow not, neither do they reap, neither have they storehouse nor barn, and God feedeth them. How much are you more valuable than they?

Simplified

FBVFree Bible Version2020

Look at the ravens. They don't sow or reap, they don't have any storerooms or barns, but God feeds them. And you're far more valuable than birds!

BBEBible in Basic English1949

Give thought to the ravens; they do not put seeds into the earth, or get together grain; they have no store-houses or buildings; and God gives them their food: of how much greater value are you than the birds!

Word by word, the decisions they made

σπείρουσινspeirō they sow G4687 2 different renderings
sowBSB FBV KJV LSV MSB NETB NWB ULB WEB
they sowASV DBY DRA RVA YLT
θερίζουσινtherizō they reap G2325 2 different renderings
reapASV BSB DBY FBV KJV LSV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB YLT
do they reapDRA
ἔστινeimi there is G1510 3 different renderings
areASV BBE DBY DRA GNV KJV NETB NWB RVA WEB
you areBSB MSB ULB
there isLSV YLT
ἀποθήκη,apothēkē barn — G596 3 different renderings
barnASV BSB DRA KJV LSV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB YLT
warehouseWEB
barnsFBV
τρέφειtrephō feeds G5142 2 different renderings
feedsBSB DBY FBV MSB NETB ULB WEB
nourishesLSV
μᾶλλονmallon more G3123 2 different renderings
moreASV BSB DRA FBV GNV KJV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB
muchBBE DBY LSV YLT

Counted from the translations carried on this site, not from a survey of every English Bible. A rendering shared by many versions is usually inherited rather than independently arrived at — the Tyndale line in particular runs through most of them.


The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank

This is not our own analysis: it is the scholarly syntax tree for the verse, showing how the clause actually holds together.

clauseclauseverbκατανοήσατεConsidernoun phrase · objectτοὺςtheκόρακαςravensclauseὅτιthatclauseοὔτεnotclauseverbσπείρουσινthey sowοὔτεnorclauseverbθερίζουσινreapclausepredicateοἷςto themadverbialοὐκnotlinking verbἔστινthere isnoun phrase · subjectταμεῖονa storehouseοὐδὲnorἀποθήκηbarnκαὶandclausenoun phrase · subject-ΘεὸςGodverbτρέφειfeedsobjectαὐτούςthemclauseadverb phrase · adverbialπόσῳHow muchμᾶλλονmoresubjectὑμεῖςyouverbδιαφέρετεare valuablenoun phrase · adverbialτῶνthan theπετεινῶνbirds

Boxes are the grammarian's groupings — clause, noun phrase, prepositional phrase.


The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac

Every translation is an argument about meaning made by someone who had to commit to one. These two were made while the Greek was still a living language, and they are the oldest opinions we have about what this verse says.

Latin VulgateAD 382–405

Considerate corvos, quia non seminant, neque metunt, quibus non est cellarium, neque horreum, et Deus pascit illos. Quanto magis vos pluris estis illis ?

Jerome revised the Old Latin against the Greek from AD 382; the Latin west read this text for a thousand years.

Syriac Peshittaby AD 400

ܐܬܒܩܘ ܒܢܥܒܐ ܕܠܐ ܙܪܥܝܢ ܘܠܐ ܚܨܕܝܢ ܘܠܝܬ ܠܗܘܢ ܬܘܢܐ ܘܒܝܬ ܩܦܣܐ ܘܐܠܗܐ ܡܬܪܣܐ ܠܗܘܢ ܟܡܐ ܗܟܝܠ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܝܬܝܪܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܡܢ ܦܪܚܬܐ

The Bible of the Syriac-speaking church, in the language nearest to the Aramaic Jesus spoke.

Shown verse by verse rather than word by word: aligning a Greek word to its Latin or Syriac counterpart automatically would be guesswork, and a wrong alignment is worse than none.


The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say

Eight printed editions of the Greek New Testament, side by side. Where they agree the wording is settled; where a word is missing from an edition it is marked, so you can see the difference rather than take it on trust.

Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The standard critical text of the New Testament.

Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The previous edition, still widely cited.

SBL Greek New Testament2010 · Michael Holmes

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The Society of Biblical Literature edition, freely licensed.

Westcott–Hort1881 · Westcott and Hort

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The edition that turned scholarship toward the earliest manuscripts.

Tregelles1857–1879 · Samuel Prideaux Tregelles

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

An independent critical text built from the oldest witnesses then known.

Tyndale House Greek NT2017 · Tyndale House, Cambridge

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

A recent critical edition following documentary evidence closely.

Byzantine majority text2018 · Robinson–Pierpont

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The reading of the majority of surviving manuscripts.

Textus Receptus1550/1894 lineage

κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, καὶ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν;

The printed tradition behind the King James Version.

Every witness on this verse all agree
Critical editions
Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993SBL Greek New Testament2010Westcott–Hort1881Tregelles1857–1879Tyndale House Greek NT2017
Byzantine / Majority
Byzantine majority text2018
Received Text
Textus Receptus1550/1894

A witness that read differently would show its variant word here, marked.

Word by word, across the editions

Every edition agrees. All 8 printed editions — Nestle-Aland 28, Nestle-Aland 27, SBLGNT, Westcott-Hort, Tregelles, Tyndale House 2017, Textus Receptus (KJV), Byzantine majority — carry every word of this verse, in the same order, with no difference that any translator would render differently.


The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with

This is a map of two things, both counted rather than judged. Company kept: which words stand within three words of each of these, anywhere in the Greek New Testament — the thicker the line, the more often the pair meet compared with chance. Built from: the words a word is made out of, taken from its own Strong’s entry. It is not a map of meaning: nothing here claims two words mean the same thing. Click any circle to see the numbers behind it.

Luke 12:24κατανοέωdo considerdo considerκατανοέωthetheκόραξravensravensκόραξὅτιthatthatὅτιοὐnotnotοὐσπείρωthey sowthey sowσπείρωοὐδέnornorοὐδέθερίζωthey reapthey reapθερίζωὅςto themto themὅςοὐnotnotοὐεἰμίthere isthere isεἰμίταμεῖονa storehousa storehouseταμεῖονοὐδέnor [is]nor [is]οὐδέἀποθήκηbarn —barn —ἀποθήκηκαίandandκαί<the><the>θεόςGodGodθεόςτρέφωfeedsfeedsτρέφωαὐτόςthem;them;αὐτόςπόσοςHow muchHow muchπόσοςμᾶλλονmoremoreμᾶλλονσύyou yourselyou yourselvesσύδιαφέρωare valuablare valuableδιαφέρωthan thethan theπετεινόςbirds?birds?πετεινόςοὐNeg.prt. nNeg.prt. no, noοὐκατάPrep. downPrep. down fromκατάκορέννυμιv. I fill,v. I fill, feedκορέννυμιμήNeg.prt. nNeg.prt. not, lμήσπάωv. I draw v. I draw (as aσπάωθέροςn.n. summen.n. summerθέροςArticle thArticle theἀποτίθημιv. I lay ov. I lay off orἀποτίθημιδιάPrep. throPrep. through, διάὅστιςRel.pr. whRel.pr. whosoevὅστιςοὗAdv where,Adv where, whitοὗτροπήn.f. a turn.f. a turningτροπήἀήρn.m. airn.m. airἀήρὅςRel.pr. whRel.pr. who, whὅςμάλισταSup.adv. mSup.adv. most oμάλισταπέτομαιv. I flyv. I flyπέτομαιἑαυτοῦRefl.pr. hRefl.pr. himselἑαυτοῦἔξεστι(ν)v. it is pv. it is permitἔξεστι(ν)
meets it a little oftener than chancemeets it far oftener than chancebuilt from the same roottwo words of the verse share ita word of this versea related word

Lexicons — every word in Luke 12:24

One dossier per word, with every reference work grouped by kind — Greek lexicons, morphology, Bible dictionaries, topical chains and the English of the translators themselves. The verse sits at the head of each block with the word under study lit, so you never lose your place. The panel above gives the short answer; this is the long one, and it is the part of the page worth indexing.

Every entry below is the lexicographer's own text. Imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, the full Liddell-Scott-Jones, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate LSJ, Robinson and Packard on the Greek, Webster and Cawdrey on the English the translators were using. Where a cell says a work has no entry, that work genuinely has none for this word.

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
κατανοήσατεkatanoeō do consider G2657 Verb · aorist · active · imperative · second person · plural
14× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To observe means to take note of or consider something carefully, like in Matthew 7:3 where it says to behold the plank in your own eye. It involves perceiving and discovering new things.
Amplified meaning
think about, observe carefully
Tyndale gloss
to observe
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek verb κατανοέω (katanoeo) combines the prefix for 'down' with a root meaning 'to perceive.' It encompasses meanings such as to observe, understand, and consider carefully. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts where careful observation or understanding is emphasized, such as in Matthew, Luke, Acts, Romans, and Hebrews. The lexicons do not present significant disagreements on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

κατα-νοέω, -ῶ,

[in LXX for נבט hi., ראה, etc.;]

to take note of, perceive, consider carefully: Ac 7:31, 32; c. acc. rei, Mt 7:3, Lk 6:41 12:24, 27 20:23, Ac 11:6 27:39, Ro 4:19; c. acc. pers., He 3:1 10:24, Ja 1:23, 24 (on the distinction bet. κ. and νοέω simplex, v. M, Pr., 117).†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

κατα-νοέω, -ὦ ; impf. κατενόουν ; 1 aor. κατενόησα; fr. Hdt. down; Sept. here and there for }}/3nn, 0°30, m1; 1. to perceive, remark, observe, understand : ti, Mt. vii. 3; Lk. vi. 41; xx. 23; Acts xxvii. 39. 2. to consider attentively, fix one’s eyes or mind upon: τί, Lk. xii. 24, 27; Acts xi.6; Ro. iv. 19; w. the ace. of the thing omitted, as being understood fr. the context, Acts vii. 31 sq-; twa, Heb. iii. 1; x. 24; Jas. i. 23 sq.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

κατανοέω. The characteristic force of this verb, ‘‘ perceive, understand,” ‘‘take note of,” is seen in P Hib I. 2758 (B.c. 301240) if we accept the editors’ restoration—pax[pov] καὶ 3) 66 ξένον σοι κατα[νοῖν ἢ, “a long and unfamiliar thing to | understand (?)” (Edd.) : Petr III. p. 35) ὅταν. νομιζόμενον, ‘‘as soon as they perceive that the advantage is regarded as common to all” (Mahaffy), BGU III. IOI TH. 17 (ii/B.c.) διότι γὰρ πολλὰ] ληρώι[δη] καὶ ψευδῆ προσαγ[γἹέλ[λεῖται κατανοεῖς καὶ αὐτός, Sy// 92875 (ii/B.c. ad init.) πολὺ μᾶλλον [ἀδύνατον ἦν] κατανοεῖν [Ta ἐμπρη[σθέντα. See also Aristeas 3 τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔχοντες ἡμεῖς πρὸς τὸ περιέργως τὰ θεῖα κατανοεῖν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπεδώκαμεν KTA., ‘it was my devotion to the careful study of religion which led me to offer my services”’ etc. (Thackeray). cf. P Par 631% (B.c. 165) (=P . τὸ συμφέρον κατανοῶσι…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

κατανοέω (katanoeō) — to observe.

κατανο-έω,

observe well, understand, apprehend, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; κατανοεῖς τίς ποτ᾽ ἐστίν..; [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—passive, of a doctrine, to be grasped and hence accepted, μᾶλλον μᾶλλον κ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] is understood of.., [Refs 4th c.AD+]

2. perceive, τῷ κατανοουμένῳ τὸ κατανοοῦν ἐξομοιῶσαι the percipient to the perceived, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc.: with participle, κ. οὐ πολλοὺς ὄντας [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. learn, [Refs].

4. consider, [Refs 6th c.BC+].

5. look at, view, [Refs 2nd c.AD+].

II. to be in one's right mind, in one's senses, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

κατανοέω

katanoeo

from 2596 and 3539; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover,

perceive.

see GREEK for 2596

see GREEK for 3539

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

κατανοέω

v.

I understand, perceive, consider

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

κατανοέω katanoeō 14x

to perceive, understand, apprehend, Lk. 20:23; to observe, consider, contemplate, Lk. 12:24, 27; to discern, detect, Mt. 7:3; to have regard to, make account of, Rom. 4:19

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

κατανοέω fut. ήσω to observe well, to understand, Hdt., Plat.

to perceive, Thuc.

to learn, id. Thuc.

to consider, περί τινος Xen.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-AAM-2P — Verb · aorist · active · imperative · second person · plural
aorist active imperative — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAM-2P Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: iMperative Person: second Number: Plural

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

kon-sid'-er: In the New Testament the force of the word is brought out most vividly in Mt 6:26 (katamanthano), where it means to "examine closely," as though the observer had to bend down for this purpose, and in Lu 12:27; Heb 10:24 (katanoeo, to "observe well"), while in Heb 13:7 the anatheoreo, "look up toward" or "look again at" is consistent with the reverential regard commended in the context. Used in the Old Testament for a variety of Hebrew terms, signifying inspecting (Pr 31:16), examining (Le 13:13), giving serious thoughts to (

Across the New Testament6 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 19 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Sacrifices of Abel and Cain 10c. AD 40

τίς γὰρ ἂν γένοιτο ἱκανὸς τὴν πρὸς τὸν ὄντα μετανάστασιν ψυχῆς τελείας κατανοῆσαι;

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.19c. AD 75–95

ἰστέον οὖν, ὅτι πάντων ἐκεῖνος ἀναγκαιότατον ἡγήσατο τῷ καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μέλλοντι βίον οἰκονομήσειν καλῶς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις νομοθετεῖν θεοῦ πρῶτον φύσιν κατανοῆσαι καὶ τῶν ἔργων τῶν ἐκείνου θεατὴν τῷ νῷ γενόμενον οὕτως παράδειγμα τὸ πάντων ἄριστον…

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 47.5c. AD 96

νυνὶ δὲ κατανοήσατε, τίνες ὑμᾶς διέστρεψαν καὶ τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς περιβοήτου φιλαδελφίας ὑμῶν ἐμείωσαν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
4th c. AD
P.Stras. 3 154AD 351–AD 400

ἠθέλησαν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἀπαιτητὴν ἀννώνης παρὰ τὴν νομοθεσίαν τῶν βασιλέων ἣν καὶ σὺ εὖ κατανοεῖς· σπούδασον οὖν, ἄδελφε, ποιῆσαι αὐτὸν ἔχειν τὸ ἀνενόχλητον ὅπως εὕρῃ σχολὴν τῇ λειτουργίᾳ αὐτοῦ·

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
τοὺςho the G3588 Article · accusative · plural · masculine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-APM — Article · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-APM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
κόρακαςkorax ravens G2876 Noun · accusative · plural · masculine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A raven, a type of bird known for eating almost anything, mentioned in Luke 12:24.
Amplified meaning
corvids, a type of bird
Tyndale gloss
raven
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

κόραξ (korax) means 'raven' or 'crow.' It appears in the New Testament in Luke 12:24, where it is used to illustrate God's provision. The word has various meanings in classical literature, including references to tools and instruments resembling a raven's beak. There are no significant disagreements among the lexicons regarding its primary meaning.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

κόραξ, -ακος, ὁ,

[in LXX for עֹרֵב;]

a raven: Lk 12:24.†

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

κόραξ. P Magd 215 (B.C. 221) ὕστερον δὲ αὐτὴν εὕρομεν ὑπὸ τῶν [κυνῶν καὶ τ]ῶν κοράκω[ν διαβεβρωμένην, ““ but afterwards we found it (sc. a sheep) devoured by the dogs and the ravens.” MGr κόρακας.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

κόραξ (korax) — raven.

κόραξ, ᾰκος, ὁ,

raven, Corvus corax (not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα τάδ᾽ ἐν κοράκεσσι καὶ ἐν φθόρῳ 'food for crows', [Refs 6th c.BC+]; in imprecations, ἐς κόρακας 'go and be hanged', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἐς κ. ἐρρήσετε[Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἐς κ. ἀποφθερε; [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: as a prophet of bad weather, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of fair weather, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λευκὸς κ., proverbial of something unheard of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

2. cormorant, Phalacrocorax carbo, [Refs]

3. the constellation [Refs 4th c.BC+]

4. title of a grade in the mysteries of Mithras, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]

II. anything hooked or pointed like a raven's beak,[Refs]

II.1. engine for grappling ships,[Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II.1. b siege-engine, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

κόραξ

korax

perhaps from 2880; a crow (from its voracity):--raven.

see GREEK for 2880

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

κόραξ, ός, ὁ

n.m.

a raven

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

κόραξ korax 1x

a raven, crow, Lk. 12:24*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

κόραξ κόραξ, ακος, Lat. corvus, a raven or carrion-crow, Aesch., etc.; in imprecations, ἐς κόρακας "pasce corvos," "go to the dogs," "go and be hanged," Ar.; βάλλ᾽ ἐς κόρακας id. Ar.; οὐκ ἐς κόρακας ἀποφθερεῖ; id. Ar.; ἐς κόρακας οἰχήσεται id. Ar.

anything like a raven's beak, an engine for grappling ships, Polyb.

a hooked handle of a door, Anth.

and instrument of torture, Luc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-APM — Noun · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-APM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%ravens
ravens100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceκόραξ · 1× in the New Testament
Luke
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 9 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
4th c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. AD 2nd c. AD 5th c. AD
CdÉ 37 (1962), p. 154Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 51–AD 52

πλωτῇ ἐφʼ ἡμέρας ε ὑπὲρ χωμάτων τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους Σοκνοπαίου Νήσου Ψεναμοῦνις Ἁρπαγάθου κοσκινευτής. Κόραξ σεσημείωμαι. Σουχίων γραμματεὺς βασιλικοῦ γραμματέως σεσημείωμαι.

P.Lond. 2 p. 103-104 no. 139 bSoknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 51

ιε ἐφʼ ἡμέραις πέντε ὑπὲρ χωματικῶν τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους Σοκνοπαίου Νήσου. Πανεφρέμμις Παπεῖς Μαρασοῦτος Κόραξ σεσημείωμαι

P.Athen.. 25Karanis (Arsinoites)AD 61

τιμὴν ἐκ πλήρους διὰ χειρὸς ἐξ οἴκου καὶ βεβαιώσειν τὸν ὁμολογοῦντα πάσηι βεβαιώσει. ὑπογραφεὺς Κόραξ Ἀπολλωνίου ἐτῶν λ οὐλὴ μήλῳ δεξιῷ καὶ Πτολεμαῖος Πτολεμαίου ἐτῶν μ οὐλὴ ὀφρύι ἀριστερᾷ.

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ὅτιhoti that G3754 Conjunction
1,293× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This Greek word means 'that' or 'because', used to introduce a reason or explanation. It appears in the New Testament, such as in Matthew 3:9 and Romans 8:38. It helps to show cause and effect in sentences.
Tyndale gloss
that/since: that
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ὅτι (hoti) is a conjunction primarily meaning 'that' or 'because.' It introduces objective clauses, often following verbs of perception or declaration, and can also serve as a causal particle. The New Testament frequently employs it in this way, such as in Matthew 5:4-12. There is some variation in how lexicons describe its usage, particularly regarding its pleonastic function in direct discourse.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅτι,

conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις).

As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that;

after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al.

After εἶναι (γίνεσθαι): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅτι [properly neut. of ὅστις], a conjunction [fr. Hom. down], (Lat. quod [ef. W. § 53,8 b.; B. § 139, 51; § 149, 87), marking I. the substance or contents (of a statement), that; 1. joined to verbs of saying and declaring (where the ace. and infin. is used in Lat.) : ἀναγγέλλειν, Acts xiv. 27; διηγεῖσθαι, Acts ix. 273; εἰπεῖν, Mt. xvi. 20; xxviii. 7,13; Jn. vii. 42; xvi. 15; 1Co.i.15; λέγειν, Mt. iii. 9; vill. 11; Mk. iii. 28; Lk. xv.7; Jn. xvi. 20; Ro. iv. 9 [T Tr WH om. L br. ὅτι}; ix. 2, and very often; προεἰρηκέναι, 2 Co. vii. 3; before the ὅτι in Acts xiv. 22 supply λέγοντες, contained in the preceding παρακαλοῦντες [ef. B. §151, 11]; ὅτι after γράφειν, 1 Co. ix.10; 1 Jn. 11. 12-14; μαρτυρεῖν, Mt. xxiii. 31; Jn. i. 34; iii. 28; iv. 44; ὁμολογεῖν, Heb. xi. 13; δεικνύειν, Mt. xvi. 21; δηλοῦν, 1 Co. i. 11; διδάσκειν, 1 Co. xi. 14. after ἐμφανίζειν. Heb. xi. 14; δῆλον (ἐστίν), 1 Co.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

οτι. (1) For ὅτι, ‘‘that,” introducing an objective clause after verbs of knowing, saying, etc., cf. P Tebt II. 4098 (A.D. 5) εἰδὼ[ς ὅ]τι ἐξίι)ουσίαν αὐτῶν ἔχει kal Λυσίμαχος kal σύ, ΚΕ knew that both you and Lysimachus had plenty of them” (Edd.), P Fay 109° (early i/A.D.) νομίσας ὅτι (cf. Mt 517) κιχρᾷς por αὐτούς, ““ consider that you are lending them (sc. staters) to me’’ (Edd.), BGU III. 8464* (ii/a.p.) (= Selections, p. 93) γεινώσκειν σαι θέλω, ὅτι οὐχ [HA] Lov, ὅτι ἀναβένις (1. ἀναβαίνεις) els τὴν μητρόπολιν, “1 wish you to know that I had no hope that you were coming up to the metropolis,” 74.9 αἴγραψά σοι, ὅτι γυμνός εἰμει, “1 wrote you that I am naked,” and P Tebt II. 420+ (iii/A.D.) οἴδατε ὅτι ἀπὸ ζημίας ἠμί, ‘‘ You know that I am blameless.” Ὅτι, however, is frequently omitted, e.g. BGU IIL. 8153(ii/a.p.) γεινόσκιν σε θέλω [τὴ]ν ἐπιστολήν σου ἔλαβε (corrected by another hand…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅτι (hoti) — that/since: that.

ὅτῐ,

Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —Usage:

I. when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact:

I. a in [Refs 8th c.BC+] always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων [Refs 8th c.BC+]

I. b in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός [Refs 5th c.BC+] news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη [Refs 5th c.BC+].. and the accusative with infinitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅτι

hoti

neuter of 3748 as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes

redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though,

because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.

see GREEK for 3748

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅτι

Cj.

that, since, because

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅτι hoti 1x

originally was the neuter of ὅστις, that, Mt. 2:16, 22, 23; 6:5, 16; often used pleonastically in reciting another’s words, Mt. 9:18; Lk. 19:42; Acts 5:23; as a causal particle, for that, for, because, Mt. 2:18; 5:3, 4, 5; 13:13; because, seeing that, since, Lk. 23:40; Acts 1:17

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%that
that64% · 856×because19% · 252×for16% · 209×other renderings1% · 12×

1,329 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 8 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,293 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
σύ
λέγωI say, speakγάρforδέbut, on the othe
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςσύδέbut, on the othe
οἶδαI know, remember
οὐNegκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakμαθητήςa learner, disciπερί
γινώσκωI come to know, lear
οὗτοςκαίand, even, also,αὐτός
ὅτιthat1293×
what comes after →
Article the
θεόςGod, a godκύριοςlord, Lord, mastπατήρfather, Father,
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existοἶδαI know, rememberδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ἐγώ
εἰμίI am, existοὐNegArticle the
οὗτος
εἰμίI am, existArticle theποιέωI do, make
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
Article theῥῆμαa thing spokenζητέωI seek, search f

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅτι · 1,293× in the New Testament
John Luke Matthew Acts Mark 1 John Revelation 1 Corinthians Romans 2 Corinthians Galatians Philippians

2 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 8c. AD 40

Μωυσῆς δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἐπ’ αὐτὴν φθάσας ἀκρότητα καὶ χρησμοῖς τὰ πολλὰ καὶ συνεκτικώτατα τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναδιδαχθεὶς ἔγνω δή, ὅτι ἀναγκαιότατόν ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τὸ μὲν εἶναι δραστήριον αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ παθητόν, καὶ ὅτι τὸ μὲν δραστήριον ὁ τῶν ὅλων…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὅτι τῶν ἐθνῶν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκισάντων προσηγορεύθη.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.3c. AD 100

ὅτι ἀληθῶς βλέπω ἐν ὑμῖν ἐκκεχυμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ πλουσίου τῆς πηγῆς κυρίου πνεῦμα ἐφ̓ ὑμᾶς.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
C.Erbstreit14Diospolis Magna (Theben)187 BC

καὶ τὴν εἰκοστὴν τοῦ ἐγκυκλίου καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ καθήκοντα. … ται Προῖτος, καθʼ ὅτι πρόκειται … ἑξήκοντα ἓξ τετρωβόλου καὶ τῆς … … τοπογραμματέως τοῦ Παθυρίτου … ἀρουρῶν

P.Grenf. 1 10 p. 24Hermonthis149 BC

ι τοῖς ἐνκαλουμένοις τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐντεύξεως λαβεῖν παρ … τ … … πίστιν ὅτι ἀπαντησα … ἐπὶ τὸ ἐν τῆι αὐλῆι κριτήριον ἐν ἡμέραις λ οὐκ ο

P.Bour. 10Pathyris89 BC

δʼ ἐπιχειροῦντας μὴ ὑπακούειν σου … υτέραι στάσει ἐχομένους ἀσφαλισάμενος μέχρι τοῦ καὶ ἡμᾶς ὅτι τάχος ἐπιβαλεῖν πρὸς σέ. ἔρρωσοἔρρωσο ἔτους κϛ Φαμενὼθ ιϛ

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
οὐou not G3756 Particle · negative
1,622× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This is a strong 'no', used to deny something completely. It appears in the New Testament, such as in Matthew 13:29 and John 1:21. It is a negative answer to a question.
Amplified meaning
none, lacking
Tyndale gloss
no
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οὐ (transliterated as ou) is a primary negative particle meaning 'not' or 'no.' It is used to negate verbs or statements, often appearing in various forms depending on the following sound. In the New Testament, it frequently serves to deny facts and is distinct from another negative particle, μή (transliterated as ), which is used for prohibitions or wishes.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244),

[in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;]

neg. particle,

not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf . μή);

absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12.

Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οὐ before a consonant, οὐκ before a vowel with a smooth breathing, and ody before an aspirated vowel ; but sometimes in the best codd. οὐχ occurs even before a smooth breathing; accordingly LT WH mrg. have adopted οὐχ ἰδού, Acts ii. 7; LT οὐχ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς, Gal. ii. 14 (see WH. Introd. § 409); L οὐχ ὀλίγος, Acts xix. 23; οὐχ ἠγάπησαν, Rev. xii. 11; and contrariwise οὐκ before an aspirate, as οὐκ ἕστηκεν, Jn. viii. 44 T; [οὐκ ἕνεκεν, 2 Co. vii. 12 T]; (οὐκ εὗρον, Lk. xxiv. 3; [οὐκ ὑπάρχει, Acts iii. 6] in cod. x [alsoC*; ef. cod. Alex. in 1 ἔβαν. iv. 2,12; Job xix. 16; xxxviiil. 11, 26]); cf. W. $5, 14d. 14; Β. τ; [A. v. Schiitz, Hist. Alphab. Att., Berol. 1875, pp: 54-58 ; Sophocles, Hist. of Grk. Alphab., 1st ed. 1848, p- 64 sq. (on the breathing); Tdf Sept., ed. 4, Proleg. pp: Xxxiii. xxxiv.; Scrivener, Collation ete., 2d ed., p. lv. no. 9; id. cod. Bezae p. xlvii. no. 11 (ef. p. xlii.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ου to make the voyage” (Edd.), and P Amh II. 78?! (a.p. 184) τοιαύτης ο[ὖ]ν αὐθαδίας ἐν αὐτῷ οὔσης οὐ δυνάμενος [ἐν]καρτερεῖν ἐπιδίδωμι, ‘“ his audacity having reached this pitch I can endure no longer and present this petition.” See further Proleg. p. 231 f. In support of the translation ‘‘ I determined not to know” in 1 Cor 2, we may cite P Par 2657 (B.c. 163) (= UPZi. Ρ-. 248) οὐκ ἐκρίναμεν καταχωρῆσαι, ‘we determined not to record,” P Tebt I. 124° (c. B.c. 118) οὐκ (ἐκδρίναμεν ἐξαρ[ιθ]μεῖ[σθαι, “we determined not to be counted,” and the classical formula in P Hamb I. 27° (B.c. 250 (249)) οὐκ ἔφη εἰδέναι, ‘he said that he did not know.” The origin of the double negative οὐ μή is fully discussed by Moulton Pro/eg. p. 187 ff. When we pass to its actual occurrences in the NT, we find that these for the most part are found in passages derived from the OT and in the Sayings of our Lord…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οὐ (ou) — no.

οὐ,

the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+]

I. as the negative of single words,

II. as the negative of the sentence.

I. οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε.. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

οὐ

ou

ouk ook, and (before an aspirate)

ouch ookh

a primary word; the absolute negative (compare 3361) adverb; no or

not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, +

nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also

3364, 3372.

see GREEK for 3361

see GREEK for 3364

see GREEK for 3372

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οὐ

Neg.prt.

no, not

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οὐ ou 1x

negative adverb, originally the gen. of ὅς, spelled οὐκ if followed by a word beginning with a vowel and a smooth breathing, οὐχ if followed by a vowel and rough breathing, not, no, Mt. 5:37; 12:43; 23:37; for the peculiarities of its usage (especially as distinct from μή) consult a grammar

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Particle-N — Particle · negative
particle — a small word colouring the clause; it does not decline.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PRT-N PaRTicle, disjunctive particle Negative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
82%not
not82% · 1383×certainly6% · 96×surely4% · 70×no longer3% · 50×no2% · 39×other renderings3% · 51×

1,689 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 17 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial82%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,622 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
εἰμίI am, existἐγώαὐτός
ὅς
ἐγώθερίζωI reap, gatherδέbut, on the othe
ὅτιthat, since, because
σύαὐτόςἐγώ
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakἐνἐπί
σύ
λέγωI say, speakγάρforὅς
οὐnot1622×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
ἐκArticle theἐγώ
μήNeg
παρέρχομαιI pass byεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inπίνωI drink, imbibe
οἶδαI know, remember
ὅτιthat, since, becArticle theτίςIrg
γάρfor
εἰμίI am, existθέλωI will, wish, deArticle the
δύναμαιI am powerful, am ab
ἔρχομαιI come, goσῴζωI save, healArticle the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοὐ · 1,622× in the New Testament
John Matthew Luke 1 Corinthians Romans Mark Acts 2 Corinthians Revelation Hebrews 1 John Galatians

8 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 6c. AD 40

ὡς γὰρ τῶν κολοσσιαίων μεγεθῶν τὰς ἐμφάσεις καὶ ἡ βραχυτάτη σφραγὶς τυπωθεῖσα δέχεται, οὕτως τάχα που καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀναγραφείσης ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κοσμοποιίας ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη καὶ ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ψυχὰς ἐπισκιάζοντα βραχυτέροις…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.11c. AD 75–95

ὁ δὲ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀρχιερέων οὐδενὸς ἀρετῇ δεύτερος Ἐλεάζαρος τῷ προειρημένῳ βασιλεῖ ταύτης ἀπολαῦσαι τῆς ὠφελείας οὐκ ἐφθόνησε πάντως ἀντειπὼν ἄν, εἰ μὴ πάτριον ἦν ἡμῖν τὸ μηδὲν ἔχειν τῶν καλῶν ἀπόρρητον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.8c. AD 100

ἐγὼ δὲ οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος, ἀλλ̓ ὧς εἰς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑποδείξω ὀλίγα, δἰ ὧν ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν εὐφρανθήσεσθε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 4th c. AD 6th c. AD

δὲ γενόμεναι κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον κληρονομήσασαι ταξάμεναι τὰ καθήκοντα τέλη θεᾶι Βερενίκηι κυριεύομεν. ὅθεν οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐπεδώκαμεν ἐν τῶι λ ἔτει προσανγελίαν Ἡρακλείδει γενομένωι ἀρχιφυλακίτηι τοῦ Παθυρίτου

C.Erbstreit16Diospolis Magna (Theben)135 BC

ι ἀρουρῶν πρόκτησιν … ένου αὐτὸν ἐν συνεδρίωι καὶ συγχώρησιν … ειν, ἐν ἧι οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ὁ πατήρ. ὅθεν καταβεβραβευμένοι … ήρου συνεριου ἀξιοῦμεν, ἐὰν φαίνηται, συντάξαι γράψαι, οἷς

P.Adl. 2Pathyris125 BC

ὠνῆς ἐν πίστει διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Πανεβχοῦνιν ἐκτελειωθεῖσαν τῶι … ἔτει ἀντὶ ὀφειλημάτων, οὐκ ἐπελευσομένους τὸν Πανερέα καὶ τὴν Σενενοῦπιν περὶ ὀφειλημάτων μηδὲ περὶ ἄλλου μηδενός. ταῦτα δὲ

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
σπείρουσινspeirō they sow G4687 Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · plural
53× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To sow means to scatter seed, either literally or figuratively. Jesus uses this term in parables, like in Matthew 13:3-4 and Mark 4:3-4.
Amplified meaning
never, plant seeds, cultivate
Tyndale gloss
to sow
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word σπείρω (*speirō*) means 'to sow' and is used in various contexts, including agricultural and metaphorical senses. It can refer to sowing seed, begetting offspring, or scattering in a broader sense. The New Testament employs this term in passages like Matthew 6:26 and 13:3-4, often in parables about sowing seeds of faith or instruction.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

* σπείρω

[in LXX chiefly for זרע ;]

to sow (seed): absol., Mt 6:26 13:3, 4, 18 25:24, 26, Mk 4:3, 4, Lk 8:5 12:24, Jo 4:36, II Co 9:10; c. acc. rei, Mt 13:24, 27, 37, 39, Mk 4:32, Lk 8:5, I Co 15:36, 37; seq. εἰς, Mt 13:22, Mk 4:18; ἐν, Mt 13:24, 31; ἐπί, c. gen., Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

σπείρω ; [impf. 2 pers. sing. ἔσπειρες, Mt. xiii. 27 Tr]; 1 aor. ἔσπειρα; Pass., pres. σπείρομαι; pf. pass. ptep. éorappévos; 2 aor. ἐσπάρην ; [derived fr. the quick, jerky, motion of the hand; cf. our spurn (of the foot); Curtius § 389]; fr. Hesiod down; Sept. for p11; to sow, scatter seed; a. prop.: absol., Mt. vi. 26; xiii. 3 sq. 18sq.; Mk. iv. 3sq. 14; Lk. viii. 5; xii. 24; [Jn. v. 36 sq. (see in b.)]; 2Co.ix.10; with an ace. of the thing, as σπέρμα, ζιζάνια, κόκκον, [ef. B. §131, 5]: Mt. xiii. 24 sq. [but in 25 L T Tr WH have ἐπισπ.], 27, 37,39; Mk. iv. 32; Lk. viii.5; 1 Co.xv. 36sq.; with specifications of place: εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας, Mt. xiii. 22; Mk. iv. 18; ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, Mt. xiii. 24, [31]; ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, MK. iv. 31; ἐπί ν΄. an ace. of place, Mt. xiii. 20, 23; Mk. iv. 16, 20; mapa τὴν ὁδόν, Mt. xiii. 19. absol., Mt. xxv. 24,26; Lk. xix. 21 sq.; Jn. ἵν. 31; 2Co. ix. 6; τί, Gal. vi. 7…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

σπείρω, “ρον ἦ: cf. P Hamb I. 247 (B.c. 222) ἐσπαρκέναι ἐν τῶι ἰδίωι [κλήρωι, P Oxy II. 277° (B.C. 19) ὥστε σπεῖραι εἰς τὸ δωδέκατον ἔτος πυρῶι, ὁ. 2801" (A.D. 88-0) σπεῖραι καὶ ξυλαμῆσαι (“‘reap”), BGU I. 1017 (A.D. 114-5) σπείρειν καὶ καρπίζεσθαι kal ἀποφέρειν εἰς τὸ ἴδιον, P Ry! II. 2439 (ii/A.D.) ἐλπίζοντες σὺν θεῷ τὸ πεδείον σπαρῆναι, P Fay 339 (ii/A.D.) ἐσπίαρμένου) ἐδ(άφους), P Flor I. 2115 (A.D. 239) εἰς THY ἐν TupH σπειρομέν[η]ν γῆν, and the late 76. 13127 (vi/vii A.D.) καθ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν σπείρω τὴν οὐσίαν pov.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

σπείρω (speirō) — to sow.

σπείρω,

Aeolic dialect σπέρρω[Refs]: Ionic dialect imperfect σπείρεσκον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future σπερῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect σπέρσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔσπειρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect ἔσπαρκα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—middle, aorist infinitive σπείρασθαι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; aorist 2 σπαρέσθαι uncertain reading in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, future σπᾰρήσομαι [LXX+1st c.BC+]aorist ἐσπάρην [ᾰ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect ἔσπαρμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— sow,

I. sow seed, with accusative, [κέγχρους] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of Cadmus, σ. γηγενῆ στάχυν [Refs] (so in middle, σπείρασθαι ὀδόντας [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: absolutely, sow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to θερίζω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καρπὸν ὧν ἔσπειρε θερίζειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. κατὰ πετρῶν, i.e. εἰς…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

σπείρω

speiro

probably strengthened from 4685 (through the idea of extending); to

scatter, i.e. sow (literally or figuratively):--sow(- er), receive

seed.

see GREEK for 4685

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

σπείρω

v.

I sow, spread, scatter

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

σπείρω speirō 52x

to sow seed, Mt. 6:26; 13:3, 4, 18, 24, 25, 27, 37, 3

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

σπείρω to sow:

to sow seed, Hes., attic

to sow children, to engender, beget them, Soph.:—Pass. to be born, id. Soph., Eur.

to scatter like seed, strew, throw about, χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον Hdt.; δρόσον Eur.:—to spread abroad, as Virgil spargere voces, Soph.:—Pass. to be scattered, dispersed, Eur., Thuc.

to sow a field, Hes., Hdt., etc.: Pass., ἡ σπειρομένη Αἴγυπτος the arable part of Egypt, Hdt.

proverb., πόντον σπείρειν, of lost labour, Theogn.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAI-3P — Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · plural
present active indicative — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAI-3P Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

sou.

See SWINE.

Smith's Bible Dictionary

[SWINE]

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
29%sowing
sowing29% · 15×having been sown12% · 6×sown10% · 5×it is sown8% · 4×you sow6% · 3×sow6% · 3×having sown6% · 3×sowed4% · 2×other renderings21% · 11×

52 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 16 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb98%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 53 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
ἐξέρχομαιI go out, come oἐνσπείρωI sow, spread, s
οὐNeg
ὅπουwhere, whitherὅςὅτιthat, since, bec
πετρώδηςrocky, stony
Article the
ἄκανθαa thorn-bush
Article the
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaλαμβάνωI receive, take
σπείρωthey sow53×
what comes after →
Article the
σπείρωI sow, spread, sλόγοςa word, speech, καλόςbeautiful, good,
ἐν
Article theφθοράcorruption, destἀτιμίαdisgrace, dishon
οὗτος
εἰμίI am, exist
καίand, even, also, nam
συνάγωI gather togetheἄλλοςother, another, ἄρτοςbread, a loaf, f
αὐτός
ὅςεἰμίI am, exist

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσπείρω · 53× in the New Testament
Matthew Mark 1 Corinthians Luke 2 Corinthians Galatians John James
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 46 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.45c. AD 40

τὴν οὖν ἐπίγειον ἀρετὴν σπείρει καὶ φυτεύει τῷ θνητῷ γένει ὁ θεὸς μίμημα καὶ ἀπεικόνισμα οὖσαν τῆς οὐρανίου·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 4.228c. AD 75–95

εἶναι δὲ καθαρὰ τὰ σπέρματα καὶ ἀνεπίμικτα, καὶ μὴ σύνδυο καὶ τρία σπείρειν·

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 24.5c. AD 96

ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἕκαστον τῶν σπερμάτων, ἅτινα πεσόντα εἰς τὴν γῆν ξηρὰ καὶ γυμνὰ διαλύεται: εἶτ̓ ἐκ τῆς διαλύσεως ἡ μεγαλειότης τῆς προνοίας τοῦ δεσπότου ἀνίστησιν αὐτά, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς πλείονα αὔξει καὶ ἐκφέρει καρπόν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD 1st c. AD
P. Lond. 2 p. 98-99 no. 256 Ro aPtolemais Euergetis bzw. Lysimachis (Arsinoites)AD 15

, ἧς παράσημος ἶβις, διὰ ἐπίπλου Σέκτος Ἀτίνιος κεντυρίας Ἀρίου λεγιῶνος δευτέρας καὶ εἰκοστῆς σπείρας δευτέρας Ἀκουσιλάῳ σιτολόγῳ δημοσίῳ Λυσιμαχίδων β τῷ παρὰ Λουκίου Μαρίου ἀπελευθέρου … του Σεβαστοῦ

P.Fam.Tebt. 5ArsinoitesAD 98

Ἑρμῆι Διδύμου. παρὰ Πολέμωνος τοῦ Εὑρήμωνος Πέρσου τῆς ἐπιγονῆς. βούλομαι μισθώσασθαι παρά σου τὸν ἐσπαρμένον ὑπό σου ἐν τῶι ἐνεστῶτι δευτέρωι ἔτει Αὐτοκράτορος Καίσαρος Νέρουα Τραιανοῦ Σεβαστοῦ Γερμανικοῦ ἐν

P.Hamb. 1 64Euhemeria (Arsinoites)AD 103

δύο ἀνυπολόγων καὶ ἀκινδύνων. καὶ ἐπιτελέσω τὰ κατʼ ἔτος τοῦ κλήρου γεωργικὰ ἔργα πάντα σπείρων κατʼ ἔτος οἷς ἐὰν αἱρῶμαι πλὴν κνήκου. τὰ δὲ κατʼ ἔτος ἐκφόρια ἀποδώσω ἐν

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
οὐδὲoude nor G3761 Conjunction · negative
140× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means 'nor' or 'neither', used to connect negative ideas or options, like in Matthew 6:15 and Romans 4:15. It helps to rule out alternatives or emphasize a point.
Tyndale gloss
nor
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οὐδέ (oude) is a negative particle that functions as a conjunction meaning 'and not' or 'nor,' and as an adverb meaning 'not even.' It combines elements of negation and exclusion, often appearing in phrases like 'neither... nor.' The New Testament uses it in various contexts, such as in Matthew 6:15 and Acts 4:32.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οὐδέ, negative particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή.

As conjc., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mt 6:15, Lk 16:31, Ro 4:15, al.; οὐ . . . οὐδέ, Mt 5:15 10:24, Mk 4:22, Lk 6:43, 44, Jo 6:24, Ac 2:27, Ro 2:28, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10).

As adv., not even: Mt 6:29, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:9, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οὐδέ, [fr. Hom. down], a neg. disjunctive conjunction, compounded of ov and δέ, and therefore prop. i. q. but not; generally, however, its oppositive force being lost, it serves to continue a negation. [On the elision of ε when the next word begins with a vowel (observed by Tdf. in eight instances, neglected in fifty-eight), see TW. Proleg. p. 96; cf. WH. App. p. 146; W.§5, 1 a.; B. p. 10 sq.] It signifies 1. and not, continuing a negation, yet differently from οὔτε; for the latter connects parts or members of the same thing, since τέ is adjunctive like the Lat. que; but οὐδέ places side by side things that are equal and mutually exclude each other [(?). There appears to be some mistake here in what is said about ‘mutual exclusion’ (cf. W. § 55, 6): οὐδέ, like δέ, always makes reference to something preceding; οὔτε to what follows also; the connection of clauses negatived by οὔτε is…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

οὐδέ is used adverbially = ‘not even,” as in Mk 651, 1 Cor 5}, in P Oxy XIV. 16608 (iii/a.D.) τοὺς ἐγδοχεῖς οὐκ ἔπεμψας ὡς ἐνετειλάμην σοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἔγραψας εἰ ἀπετάξαντο, ‘you have not sent the middlemen as I bade you, and you have not even written whether they departed” (Edd.), 24. 1765+ (iii/A.D.) οὐδὲ ἅπαξ ἠξίωσάς μοι γράφειν, ‘‘not even once have you deigned to write me.” For οὐδὲ εἷς, as in Ac 455, cf. 26. 16689 (iii/A.D.) Kal οὐκέτι φόβος οὐδὲ εἷς Ever, “Sand there is no longer any fear at all” (Edd.), 2d. I. 1221? (iii/iv A.D.) ἡμεῖ[ς] δὲ aypeve τῶν θηρίων δυνά[με]θα οὐδὲ ἕν, ‘‘and we cannot catch a single animal ”’ (Edd.).

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οὐδέ (oude) — nor.

οὐδέ,

negative Particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή, partly conjunction, partly adverb:

__A CONJUNCTION, but not, mostly answering to μέν (sometimes written divisim), [Refs 8th c.BC+], but not, is followed by οὐδέ, nor, ἄλλοις μὲν πᾶσιν ἑήνδανεν, οὐδέ ποθ᾽ Ἥρῃ, οὐδὲ Ποσειδάων᾽, οὐδὲ γλαυκώπιδι κούρῃ [Refs]

__A.II more frequently and not, nor: sometimes without a negative preceding, Κίρκη δ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησεν ἔμ᾽ ἥμενον, οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ σίτῳ χεῖρας ἰάλλοντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεινὸν γάρ, οὐδὲ ῥητόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: after a negative compound, ὃν ἠτίμησ᾽ Ἀγαμέμνων, οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσε θύγατρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

οὐδέ

oude

from 3756 and 1161; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither

(indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then)

not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.

see GREEK for 3756

see GREEK for 1161

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οὐδέ

Neg.cj.

neither, nor, not even

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οὐδέ oude 143x

negative conj., neither, nor, and not, also not, Mt. 5:15; 6:15, 20, 26, 28; when single, not even Mt. 6:29; 8:10

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj-N — Conjunction · negative
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ-N CONJunction or conjunctive particle Negative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
57%nor
nor57% · 82×not even21% · 30×neither15% · 22×not5% · 7×other renderings3% · 4×

145 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 7 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial43%subject9%object7%verb5%predicate4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 140 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,κύριοςlord, Lord, mast
καίand, even, also, nam
μνῆμαa tomb, monumentπολύςmuch, many, ofteεἷςone
ἀλλάbut, except
αὐτόςδύναμαιI am powerful, aἡμέραa day
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
Article theἀπόοὐδείςno one, none, no
οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaven
Article theἐν
οὐδέnor140×
what comes after →
Article the
πατήρfather, Father, ἄγγελοςan angel, messenυἱόςa son, descenden
γάρfor
Article theἀποθνῄσκωI am dying, am aἀπό
ἐγώ
λέγωI say, speakποιέωI do, makeσύ
εἷςone
ῥῆμαa thing spokenὅςτὶς
ἐκ
θέλημαwill, wish, desiβάτος (I)a thorn bush or ἀκαθαρσίαuncleanness, imp

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοὐδέ · 140× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke John Acts Revelation 1 Corinthians Mark Galatians Romans Hebrews 1 Thessalonians 1 Timothy

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament18 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 15c. AD 40

ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπένειμεν ἔνια τῶν τοῦ παντὸς τμημάτων τὴν πρώτην ὑπεξελόμενος, ἣν αὐτὸς οὐδὲ πρώτην, ἵνα μὴ ταῖς ἄλλαις συγκαταριθμῆται, καλεῖ, μίαν δ’ ὀνομάσας ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ προσαγορεύει, τὴν μονάδος φύσιν καὶ πρόσρησιν ἐνιδών τε καὶ…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.1c. AD 75–95

Τοῖς τὰς ἱστορίας συγγράφειν βουλομένοις οὐ μίαν οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁρῶ τῆς σπουδῆς γινομένην αἰτίαν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς καὶ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφερούσας.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.5c. AD 100

πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων οὐ βούλομαι, οὐδ̓ ἂν ἔρχησθε ὀφθῆναί μοι, τίς γὰρ ἐξεζήτησεν ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν;

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 1st c. AD 4th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 3 59330Philadelphia? (Arsinoites)249 BC

Θοτέως αὐτοὶ ἄνευ ἡμῶν διελογίσαντο καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα παρακολουθῆσαι τί πεποιήκασιν ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδὲ αἰτούμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐτόλμησαν ἡμῖν δοῦναι. καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν πλεονάκις ἐπεμαρτυρόμην Ἰάσονι ὅτι

P. Grenf. 1 12Latopolis151 BC

Παμφίλου ὄντα συγγενῆ, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἐσθλάδου τοῦ Ἐσθλάδου. Ἀλλωι δὲ οὐθενὶ οὐθὲν καταλείπω οὐδε δίδωμι. Μαρτυρες … … … … δεξι … … μελίχρως τετανὸς … οὐλὴ

P.Grenf. 1 37Thebais109 BC

ς οὕτως ὑπὸ γε… ς δεομένων δὲ τῶν … ντων ὑμῶν διαλήψεως … καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οὐδενός … ς ἀξιοῦμεν … ἀνθρώπου ἀλόγως … ὀφείλει ἡμῖν διάφορα

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
θερίζουσινtherizō they reap G2325 Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · plural
21× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To reap or harvest, as in Matthew 6:26 and Luke 12:24, where Jesus teaches about God's care for His people.
Amplified meaning
harvest, gather
Tyndale gloss
to reap
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

θερίζω (therizō) means to reap or harvest, primarily used in agricultural contexts. It appears in various New Testament passages, including Matthew and Galatians, often metaphorically to signify reaping rewards or consequences of actions. The word is derived from the root related to summer work and can also imply cutting off or destroying in a figurative sense.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

θερίζω

(< θέρος),

[in LXX chiefly for קצר;]

to reap: Mt 6:26, Lk 12:24, Ja 5:4; fig., Mt 25:24, 26, Lk 19:21, 22, Jo 4:36-38, II Co 9:6, Ga 6:7, 9, Re 14:15; c. acc., τ. σαρκικά, I Co 9:11; φθοράν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον, Ga 6:8; τ. γῆν, Re 14:16.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

θερίζω ; fut. θερίσω [B. 37 (32), cf. WH. App. p. 163 sq-]; 1 aor. eetieaas ; 1 aor. pass. ἐθερίσθην; (θέρος) ; Sept. for yp; [fr. Aeschyl., Hadt. down]; to reap, harvest; a. ah Mt. vi. 26; Lk. xii. 24; Jas.v. 4; [fig. Jn. iv. 36 (bis)]. Ὅ. in aa erbial expressions about sowing and reapiny: ἄλλος . . - ὁ θερίζων, one does the work, another gets the reward, Jn. iv. 37 sq. (where the meaning is ‘ye hereafter, in winning over a far greater number of the Samaritans to the kingdom of God, will enjoy the fruits of the work which I have now commenced among them’ [al. do not restrict the reference to converted Samaritans]); θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειpas, unjustly appropriating 1o thyself the fruits of others’ labor, Mt. xxv. 24, 26; Lk. xix. 21 sq.; ὃ ἐὰν -- θερίσει, as aman has acted (on earth) so (hereafter by God) will he be requited, either with reward or penalty, (his deeds will determine his…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

θερίζω. An interesting example of this verb is found in P Magd 1212 (p.c. 217), where a farmer, finding himself expelled by the proprietors from his holding on the approach of harvest, on the ground that his contract had not been properly sealed, petitions that they should not be allowed to reap the crops until the case had been decided—tws δὲ τοῦ διέξοδον λαβεῖν τὴν κρίσιν μὴ θερίζειν αὐτούς. See also P Fay 1129 (A.D. 99) where the considerable, but illiterate, landowner Gemellus writes to his nephew—tav ὥγμ[ον] (1. τὸν ὄγμ[ον]) τῆς ᾿Απιάδος ἕως σήμερον ov ἐθέρ[ι]σας ἀλλ᾽ ἠμέληκας αὐτοῦ καὶ μέχρι τούτου τὼ ἥμυσυ αὐτοῦ ἐθέρισας, “up to to-day you have not harvested the field at Apias, but have neglected it, and so far have only harvested the half” (Edd.): cf. 76. 1207 (c. A.D. 100). Other exx. are P Flor I. 807 (i/ii A.D.) ὁμολογοῦμ[ε]ν παρέξειν ἡμᾶς θερίζοντες (/.—tas) ols ἔχεις…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

θερίζω (therizō) — to reap.

θερίζω,

Boeotian dialect infinitive θερίδδειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future Attic dialect -ιῶ[Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist ἐθέρισα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; poetry ἐθέρισσα [Refs]; later (subjunctive) ἐκθερίξω [Refs] —middle (see. below):—passive, aorist ἐθερίσθην: perfect τεθέρισμαι (see. below): (θέρος):—do summer-work, mow, reap, σῖτον, κριθάς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, harvest, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— middle, καρπὸν Δηοῦς θερίσασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἃ [δράγματα] ἔτυχεν.. τεθερισμένα [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. metaphorically, mow down, Ἄρη τὸν.. θερίζοντα βροτούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θ. Ἀσίαν to plunder it, [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

θερίζω

therizo

from 2330 (in the sense of the crop); to harvest:--reap.

see GREEK for 2330

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

θερίζω

v.

I reap, gather

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

θερίζω therizō 21x

to gather in harvest, reap, Mt. 6:26; 25:24, 26; met. to reap the reward of labor, 1 Cor. 9:11; 2 Cor. 9:6; to reap the harvest of vengeance, Rev. 14:15, 16

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

θερίζω θέρος to do summer-work, to mow, reap, σῖτον, κριθάς, καρπόν Hdt., Ar., etc.:—Mid., καρπὸν Δηοῦς θερίσασθαι id. Ar.

metaph. to cut off, Soph., Eur.

metaph. to reap a good harvest, Ar.

ὁ θερίζων (with or without λόγος) a kind of syllogism, Luc.

intr. to pass the summer, Xen.; cf. ἐαρίζω, χειμάζω.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAI-3P — Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · plural
present active indicative — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAI-3P Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Plural

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
24%reaping
reaping24% · 5×will reap19% · 4×reap10% · 2×will reap?5% · 1×he will reap5% · 1×we will reap a harvest5% · 1×having harvested5% · 1×do reap5% · 1×other renderings24% · 5×

21 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 13 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb95%adverbial5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 21 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
τίθημιI put, placeφειδομένωςsparinglyεὐλογίαadulation, prais
Article the
καίand, even, also,ἄλλοςother, another, βοήa shout
οὐδέNeg
σπείρωI sow, spread, s
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
εἰμίI am, exist
ὅτιthat, since, because
οἶδαI know, remember
θερίζωthey reap21×
what comes after →
ὅς
οὐNeg
ὅπουwhere, whither
οὐNeg
ὅτιthat, since, because
ἔρχομαιI come, goξηραίνωI dry up, parch,
οὐδέNeg
συνάγωI gather togethe
μισθόςwages, reward
λαμβάνωI receive, take

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceθερίζω · 21× in the New Testament
Galatians John Luke Matthew Revelation 2 Corinthians 1 Corinthians James
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 17 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Change of Names 269c. AD 40

ὁ δ’ ἔσπειρε μὲν ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν ἐχθρὰν φθόνου καὶ κακίας ἀρετήν, εὑρεῖν δέ, ἀλλ’ οὐ θερίσαι λέγεται·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 3.251c. AD 75–95

καὶ τότε λοιπὸν δημοσίᾳ ἔξεστι πᾶσι καὶ ἰδίᾳ θερίζειν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. BC 1st c. AD 2nd c. AD 4th c. AD 5th c. AD
CPR 7 52Oxyrhynchites (?)AD 1–AD 100

δὲ τῶν θεριστῶν γίγνωσκε ὅτι ἐὰν πρὸς μισθὸν αὐτοὺς θερίσωσιν αλ … πρὸς ἀρουρισμὸν θερίζουσιν ἑκάστης ἀρούρας ἀνὰ δραχμὰς β τριώβολον· εὐτύχει

P.Fay. 120Euhemeria (ArsinoitesAD 100

καὶ λικμητρίδας δύο καὶ πτύον ἕν , ἐπεὶ κολάζομαι αὐτῶν εἰς Ἀφροδίτην πόλιν, καὶ θέρισον τὸν ὄγμον τῆς Ἀπιάδος καὶ λύσεις εὐθέως εἰς Ἀ … … τὰ δράγματα, καὶ

PSI 7 789HermopolitesAD 1–AD 200

ἀπὸ δεκάτης ἡμέρας τοῦ Παχὼν καὶ οὐκ ἀποστησόμεθα … καὶ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὁμοίως θερίσομεν … περὶ Νεκοσὺ ἀρούρας τρεῖς ο … … τη … εν … ης συμφωνίας.

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
οἷςhos, hē to them G3739 Relative pronoun · dative · plural · masculine
1,407× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The word which is a pronoun used to ask for or identify something, as seen in John 5:11. It can also be used to describe a person or thing, such as in Mark 15:23. This word helps to clarify or specify what is being talked about.
Tyndale gloss
which
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ὅς is a pronoun meaning 'who,' 'which,' 'what,' or 'that.' It serves as both a demonstrative and a relative pronoun, agreeing in gender with its antecedent. The New Testament uses it in various constructions, including phrases like ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ to indicate contrasting subjects. Notably, it can express purpose or cause in certain contexts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,

the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν).

As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δέ, the one . . . the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δέ, the one . . . the other, some . . . some, Mt 13:8, 23, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅς 455 ὅς iii. 5 [RG], 6; Heb. vi. 10; ix. 20; Jas. ii. 5; 1 In. iii. 24; Jude 15; for other exx. see below; ἐν ὥρᾳ 7 οὐ γινώoxet, Mt. xxiv. 50; τῇ παραδύσει 9 παρεδώκατε, Mk. vii. 13 ; add, Lk. ii. 20; v. 9; ix. 435 xii. 46; xxiv. 25; Jn. xvii. 5; Acts ii. 22; xvii. 31; xx. 38; 2 Co. xii. 21; 2Th.i. 4; Rev. xviii. 6; ef. W. § 24,1; [B. as above]. Rarely attraction oceurs where the verb governs the dative [but see below]: thus, κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε θεοῦ for xarévavre θεοῦ, ᾧ ἐπίστευσε (See κατέναντι). Ro. iv. 17; φωνῆς, ἧς ἔκραξα (for 7 (al. ἥν, οἴ. W. 164 (154 sq.) Β. 287 (217)}7), Acts xxiv. 21, οἵ. Is. vi. 4; (7γετο δὲ καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τε πιστῶν, οἷς ἥδετο καὶ ὧν ἠπίστει πολλούς, for καὶ πολλοὺς τούτων, οἷς ἠπίστει, Xen. Cyr. ὅ, 4, 39; ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς; for οὐδεὶς τούτων, οἷς ἐντετ. Plato, Gorg. p. 509 ἃ.; Protag. p. 361 6.; derep.7 p.531e.; παρ᾽ ὧν βοηθεῖς, οὐδεμίαν λήψει…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ος is found as a demonstrative pronoun in P Ryl II. 14415 (complaint of assault—a.D. 38) ὃς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἄλογον ἀηδίαν μοι ἐπιχειρήσας παρεχρήσατό μοι πολλὰ καὶ ἄσχημα, ‘“whereupon he opposing me made a brutal and odious attack upon me and subjected me to much shameful mishandling” (Edd.): cf. Mk 15%, Jn 51. For ὃς μέν... ὃς δέ, “the one . . the other,” as in Mt 21° a/., see P Oxy IX. 1189? (c. A.D. 117) ἐπιστολὰς δύο ds ἔγραψα ἣν μὲν σοὶ ἣν δὲ Σαβείνῳ, and for ὃς δέ solétarium see PSI. IV. 313° (iii/iv A.D.) with the editor’s note. Ὃς ἄν (ἐάν) c. conj. = ‘‘ whosoever ” may be illustrated Ly P Par 4622 (B.c. 153) (= Witkowski*, p. 87), περὶ dv ἂν βούληι γράφε, P Grenf I. 30% (B.c. 103) ἐφ} οἷς ἂν οὖν ὑμῶν προσδέωνται, P Oxy IV. 743%% (B.C. 2) ἐν ols ἐὰν σοῦ προσδέηται, °° ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐὰν θέλῃς. For the comparative usage of ὃς ἄν and ὃς ἐάν, see Thackeray Gr. i. p. 68, cited s.v. ἄν.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅς (hos, hē) — which.

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,

genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc.; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used,

__A as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.

__B as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅς ἥ ὅ

hos

he hay, and neuter

ho ho

probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article 3588); the

relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what,

that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se),

etc. See also 3757.

see GREEK for 3588

see GREEK for 3757

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ

Rel.pr.

who, which, what, that

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅς hos 1x

who, which, what, that, Mt. 1:16, 23, 25; in NT interrog. ἐφ’ ὅ, wherefore, why, Mt. 26:50; in NT ὅς μὲν ... ὅς δέ, for ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, Mt. 21:35; 2 Cor. 2:16

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Rel-DPM — Relative pronoun · dative · plural · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

R-DPM Part of Speech: Relative pronoun Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
25%which
which25% · 356×whom20% · 291×who17% · 238×that14% · 199×what8% · 117×whatever2% · 30×whose2% · 29×other renderings10% · 145×other renderings2% · 25×

1,430 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 60 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object40%subject29%adverbial26%indirect object3%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,407 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
ἐν
ἡμέραa dayαὐτόςἵναin order that, s
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςἔχωI have, hold, poυἱόςa son, descenden
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakἀπόλλυμιI destroy, lose,δοῦλος (II)
διά
ἐκεῖνοςΧριστόςanointed, the Meαὐτός
εἰς
καίand, even, also,ἐγώοἰκίαa house, househo
ὅςto them1407×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theμεθερμηνεύωI translate, intκαίand, even, also,
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existἔξεστι(ν)it is permitted,γινώσκωI come to know,
Article the
θεόςGod, a godυἱόςa son, descendenκύριοςlord, Lord, mast
καίand, even, also, nam
σύποιέωI do, makeαὐτός
δέbut, on the other ha
ἄνDisjἑξήκονταIndecτριάκονταIndec

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅς · 1,407× in the New Testament
Acts Luke John Matthew Romans Mark Hebrews Revelation 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians Colossians Ephesians

22 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 33c. AD 40

ἵν’ οὖν μὴ αἰεὶ συμφερόμεναι στασιάζωσι καὶ πόλεμος ἀντ’ εἰρήνης ἐπικρατῇ τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐν κόσμῳ τιθείς, οὐ μόνον ἐχώρισε φῶς καὶ σκότος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅρους ἐν μέσοις ἔθετο διαστήμασιν, οἷς ἀνεῖρξε τῶν ἄκρων ἑκάτερον·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

πῶς τὸ Σοδομιτῶν ἔθνος θεὸς κατεστρέψατο χολωθεὶς αὐτοῖς ἐφ' οἷς ἡμάρτανον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 4.8c. AD 100

Μωϋσῆ Μωϋσῆ, κατάβηθι τὸ τάχος, ὅτι ἠνόμησεν ὁ λαός σου, οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ συνῆκεν Μωϋσῆς καὶ ἔριψεν τὰς δύο πλάκας ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ: καὶ συνετρίβη αὐτῶν ἡ διαθήκη, ἵνα ἡ τοῦ ἠγαπημένου Ἰησοῦ ἐγκατασφραγισθῇ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 2nd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 32Pelusion103 BC

θεοῖς. καλῶς ποιήσεις διαλύσας Ἁρκοννῆσιν καὶ Ψενανοῦπιν καὶ … … ελθεῖν ἐπὶ προ … ους καὶ γραψάτωσαν ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐσπούδασας διὰ τὰς ἡμῶν παρακλήσεις καὶ ση

P.Adl. 15Pathyris (?)101 BC

ἐδάνεισεν Ὧρος Ὥρου Ὥρωι Νεχούτου ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος μελίχρως ὑποκλαστὸς ἀναφάλακρος μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν οὖς ἀριστερὸν τετρημένον πυροῦ ἀρτάβας τεσσαράκοντα ἓξ κριθῆς ἑξήκοντα ἐννέα , ἴσους ἀτόκους, ὧν ἀπόδοσιν

P.Adl. 17Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)100 BC

τῆς ἐπιγονῆς τῶν ἐκ Παθύρεως ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος μελίχρως τετανὸς ἀναφάλακρος μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν οὖς ἀριστερὸν τετρημένον χαλκοῦ ταλάντων πέντε . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
οὐκou not G3756 Particle · negative
1,622× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This is a strong 'no', used to deny something completely. It appears in the New Testament, such as in Matthew 13:29 and John 1:21. It is a negative answer to a question.
Tyndale gloss
no
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οὐ (transliterated as ou) is a primary negative particle meaning 'not' or 'no.' It is used to negate verbs or statements, often appearing in various forms depending on the following sound. In the New Testament, it frequently serves to deny facts and is distinct from another negative particle, μή (transliterated as ), which is used for prohibitions or wishes.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244),

[in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;]

neg. particle,

not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf . μή);

absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12.

Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οὐ before a consonant, οὐκ before a vowel with a smooth breathing, and ody before an aspirated vowel ; but sometimes in the best codd. οὐχ occurs even before a smooth breathing; accordingly LT WH mrg. have adopted οὐχ ἰδού, Acts ii. 7; LT οὐχ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς, Gal. ii. 14 (see WH. Introd. § 409); L οὐχ ὀλίγος, Acts xix. 23; οὐχ ἠγάπησαν, Rev. xii. 11; and contrariwise οὐκ before an aspirate, as οὐκ ἕστηκεν, Jn. viii. 44 T; [οὐκ ἕνεκεν, 2 Co. vii. 12 T]; (οὐκ εὗρον, Lk. xxiv. 3; [οὐκ ὑπάρχει, Acts iii. 6] in cod. x [alsoC*; ef. cod. Alex. in 1 ἔβαν. iv. 2,12; Job xix. 16; xxxviiil. 11, 26]); cf. W. $5, 14d. 14; Β. τ; [A. v. Schiitz, Hist. Alphab. Att., Berol. 1875, pp: 54-58 ; Sophocles, Hist. of Grk. Alphab., 1st ed. 1848, p- 64 sq. (on the breathing); Tdf Sept., ed. 4, Proleg. pp: Xxxiii. xxxiv.; Scrivener, Collation ete., 2d ed., p. lv. no. 9; id. cod. Bezae p. xlvii. no. 11 (ef. p. xlii.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ου to make the voyage” (Edd.), and P Amh II. 78?! (a.p. 184) τοιαύτης ο[ὖ]ν αὐθαδίας ἐν αὐτῷ οὔσης οὐ δυνάμενος [ἐν]καρτερεῖν ἐπιδίδωμι, ‘“ his audacity having reached this pitch I can endure no longer and present this petition.” See further Proleg. p. 231 f. In support of the translation ‘‘ I determined not to know” in 1 Cor 2, we may cite P Par 2657 (B.c. 163) (= UPZi. Ρ-. 248) οὐκ ἐκρίναμεν καταχωρῆσαι, ‘we determined not to record,” P Tebt I. 124° (c. B.c. 118) οὐκ (ἐκδρίναμεν ἐξαρ[ιθ]μεῖ[σθαι, “we determined not to be counted,” and the classical formula in P Hamb I. 27° (B.c. 250 (249)) οὐκ ἔφη εἰδέναι, ‘he said that he did not know.” The origin of the double negative οὐ μή is fully discussed by Moulton Pro/eg. p. 187 ff. When we pass to its actual occurrences in the NT, we find that these for the most part are found in passages derived from the OT and in the Sayings of our Lord…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οὐ (ou) — no.

οὐ,

the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+]

I. as the negative of single words,

II. as the negative of the sentence.

I. οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε.. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

οὐ

ou

ouk ook, and (before an aspirate)

ouch ookh

a primary word; the absolute negative (compare 3361) adverb; no or

not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, +

nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also

3364, 3372.

see GREEK for 3361

see GREEK for 3364

see GREEK for 3372

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οὐ

Neg.prt.

no, not

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οὐ ou 1x

negative adverb, originally the gen. of ὅς, spelled οὐκ if followed by a word beginning with a vowel and a smooth breathing, οὐχ if followed by a vowel and rough breathing, not, no, Mt. 5:37; 12:43; 23:37; for the peculiarities of its usage (especially as distinct from μή) consult a grammar

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Particle-N — Particle · negative
particle — a small word colouring the clause; it does not decline.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PRT-N PaRTicle, disjunctive particle Negative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
82%not
not82% · 1383×certainly6% · 96×surely4% · 70×no longer3% · 50×no2% · 39×other renderings3% · 51×

1,689 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 17 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial82%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,622 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
εἰμίI am, existἐγώαὐτός
ὅς
ἐγώθερίζωI reap, gatherδέbut, on the othe
ὅτιthat, since, because
σύαὐτόςἐγώ
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakἐνἐπί
σύ
λέγωI say, speakγάρforὅς
οὐnot1622×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
ἐκArticle theἐγώ
μήNeg
παρέρχομαιI pass byεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inπίνωI drink, imbibe
οἶδαI know, remember
ὅτιthat, since, becArticle theτίςIrg
γάρfor
εἰμίI am, existθέλωI will, wish, deArticle the
δύναμαιI am powerful, am ab
ἔρχομαιI come, goσῴζωI save, healArticle the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοὐ · 1,622× in the New Testament
John Matthew Luke 1 Corinthians Romans Mark Acts 2 Corinthians Revelation Hebrews 1 John Galatians

8 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 6c. AD 40

ὡς γὰρ τῶν κολοσσιαίων μεγεθῶν τὰς ἐμφάσεις καὶ ἡ βραχυτάτη σφραγὶς τυπωθεῖσα δέχεται, οὕτως τάχα που καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀναγραφείσης ἐν τοῖς νόμοις κοσμοποιίας ὑπερβάλλοντα κάλλη καὶ ταῖς μαρμαρυγαῖς τὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων ψυχὰς ἐπισκιάζοντα βραχυτέροις…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.11c. AD 75–95

ὁ δὲ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἀρχιερέων οὐδενὸς ἀρετῇ δεύτερος Ἐλεάζαρος τῷ προειρημένῳ βασιλεῖ ταύτης ἀπολαῦσαι τῆς ὠφελείας οὐκ ἐφθόνησε πάντως ἀντειπὼν ἄν, εἰ μὴ πάτριον ἦν ἡμῖν τὸ μηδὲν ἔχειν τῶν καλῶν ἀπόρρητον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.8c. AD 100

ἐγὼ δὲ οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος, ἀλλ̓ ὧς εἰς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑποδείξω ὀλίγα, δἰ ὧν ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν εὐφρανθήσεσθε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 4th c. AD 6th c. AD

δὲ γενόμεναι κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον κληρονομήσασαι ταξάμεναι τὰ καθήκοντα τέλη θεᾶι Βερενίκηι κυριεύομεν. ὅθεν οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐπεδώκαμεν ἐν τῶι λ ἔτει προσανγελίαν Ἡρακλείδει γενομένωι ἀρχιφυλακίτηι τοῦ Παθυρίτου

C.Erbstreit16Diospolis Magna (Theben)135 BC

ι ἀρουρῶν πρόκτησιν … ένου αὐτὸν ἐν συνεδρίωι καὶ συγχώρησιν … ειν, ἐν ἧι οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ὁ πατήρ. ὅθεν καταβεβραβευμένοι … ήρου συνεριου ἀξιοῦμεν, ἐὰν φαίνηται, συντάξαι γράψαι, οἷς

P.Adl. 2Pathyris125 BC

ὠνῆς ἐν πίστει διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Πανεβχοῦνιν ἐκτελειωθεῖσαν τῶι … ἔτει ἀντὶ ὀφειλημάτων, οὐκ ἐπελευσομένους τὸν Πανερέα καὶ τὴν Σενενοῦπιν περὶ ὀφειλημάτων μηδὲ περὶ ἄλλου μηδενός. ταῦτα δὲ

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ἔστινeimi there is G1510 Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · singular
2,457× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To be or exist, a basic verb used to describe something or someone, like God saying 'I am' in John 8:58.
Tyndale gloss
to be
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

εἰμί is a Greek verb meaning 'to be' or 'to exist.' It serves various functions, such as a substantive verb for persons and things, and as a copula linking subjects and predicates. The New Testament frequently uses it in passages like John 1:1 and Matthew 24:3. Notably, it can also express possibility, as seen in Hebrews 9:5.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

εἰμί,

with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be.

As substantive verb.

Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28.

Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

εἰμί (fr. ἔω, whence ἐμέ in inscriptions [7]; Aeol. ἐμμὲ (Curtius (yet ἔμμε, so G. Meyer) 8 564; Veitch p. 2287), impv. ἴσθι, ἔστω, less usual ἤτω, 1 Co. xvi. 22; Jas. v.12; Clem. Rom. 1 Cor. 48,5; [1 Mace. x. 31; Ps. ciii. (civ.) 31]; Plat. rep. 2 p. 361 ¢. [here it has given place to ἔστω (or ἴτω), see Stallb. ad loc.; Veitch p. 200 sq.; 3 pers. plur. ἔστωσαν, Lk. xii. 35; 1 Tim. iii. 12], inf. εἶναι ; impf. —ace. to the more ancient and elegant form, ἦν, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Mt. xxvi. 69; Mk. xiv. 67), rarer form ἧς (Mt. RKV. 1235 dn ΧΙ: 9]. 92); xxI LS. Reyna 15 G@ ΕΣ Tr WH), 3 pers. ἦν, 1 pers. plur. jer, — ace. to the mid. form, com. in later Grk. [ef. Veitch p. 226], ἤμην (Mt. xxv. 35sq.; [on Acts xi. 11 ef. WH. Intr. § 404]; Gal.i.10, etc.), plur. ἤμεθα (Mt. xxiii. 30 G L T Tr WH; Acts xxvii. 37 L T Tr WH; [Gal. iv. 3 TWH Tr mrg.; Eph. ii. 3 T Tr WH; Bar. i. 19]); cf. Lob. ad Phryn.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

εἰμί. Middle forms in the flexion of εἰμί other than the present tense (cf. however MGr εἶμαι, -σαι, etc.) begin to appear very early in the dialects and are well established in the papyri. Thus the Ist sing. impf. ἤμην, which always takes the place of the class. ἢ in the NT (but see Ac 2018 D) may be illustrated from PSI IV. 36274 (B.c. 251-0) ἤμην δὲ πρὸς τῶι λαμβάνειν τὸν χαλκόν, P Magd 65 (B.c. 221) ἤμην γυμνός, P Par 57 (B.c. 129) ὧν ἤμην δι᾽ αὐτῶν [π]αραμε[μετ]ρηκ[υῖα, P Oxy IIT. 526% (ii/A.p.) οὐκ ἤμην ἀπαθὴς ἀλόγως σε καταλείπιν. For ist plur. ἤμεθα see P Petr IT. 4 (7)° (B.C. 255-4) τεθλιμμένοι ἤμεθα : cf. Ac 2737, Eph 23, as contrasted with the act. ἦμεν in Ac 111 (NB), 1612, Rom 7° a/.: the two forms are found together in Gal 4% (SDFG). The non-classical ἧς (Lob. Phryx. p. 149) is found sefzes in the NT as compared with ἦσθα (from an old perf. form ἤησθα), which is confined…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

εἰμί (eimi) — to be.

εἰμί

(sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr., [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

εἰμί

eimi

the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a

primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am,

have been, X it is I, was. See also 1488, 1498, 1511, 1527, 2258,

2071, 2070, 2075, 2076, 2771, 2468, 5600.

see GREEK for 1488

see GREEK for 1498

see GREEK for 1511

see GREEK for 1527

see GREEK for 2258

see GREEK for 2071

see GREEK for 2070

see GREEK for 2075

see GREEK for 2076

see GREEK for 2771

see GREEK for 2468

see GREEK for 5600

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

εἰμί

v.

I am, exist

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

εἰμί eimi 2x

to be, to exist, Jn. 1:1; 17:5; Mt. 6:30; Lk. 4:25, freq.; ἐστί[ν], it is possible, proper, Heb. 9:5; a simple linking verb (“copula”) to the subject and predicate, and therefore in itself affecting the force of the sentence only by its tense, mood, etc., Jn. 1:1; 15:1, freq.; it also forms a frequent circumlocution with the participles of the present and perfect of other verbs, Mt. 19:22; Mk. 2:6

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

εἰμί The whole of the pres. ind. (except 2nd sg. εἶ) may be enclitic when εἰμί is the Copula; but the 3rd sg. is written ἔστι in certain cases of emphasis, e. g. ἔστι μοι, I have: when used as Verb Subst., it retains the accent in all persons. as Substantive Verb, to be, to exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται Od.; τεθνηῶτος, μηδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐόντος id. Od.; οὐκέτ᾽ ἔστι he is no more, Eur.; θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, id. Il.; ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων Dem.:—so of cities, etc., ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔστι Τροία (cf. Troja fuit), Eur.

of things, to be, exist, εἰ ἔστιν ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ἦι so long as it last, Thuc.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAI-3S — Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · singular
present active indicative — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
26%is
is26% · 619×are9% · 228×was7% · 176×being6% · 138×it is5% · 112×will be4% · 87×am3% · 80×were3% · 67×other renderings37% · 901×

2,408 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 139 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
linking verb87%verb13%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 2,457 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
οὐNeg
ὅτιthat, since, becκαίand, even, also,ὅς
οὗτος
ὅτιthat, since, becλέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,
ὅς
ἐνἄνθρωποςa man, one of thθεόςGod, a god
ἐγώ
ὅτιthat, since, becλέγωI say, speakμετά
σύ
ἐνλέγωI say, speakαὐτός
εἰμίthere is2457×
what comes after →
Article the
υἱόςa son, descendenΧριστόςanointed, the Meβασιλείαkingship, sovere
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theοὐNegγάρfor
ἐν
Article theσύαὐτός
δέbut, on the other ha
Article theτὶςἐκεῖthere, yonder, t
ἐγώ
εἰςἄξιοςworthy, worthy oὧδεhere

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceεἰμί · 2,457× in the New Testament
John Luke Matthew Acts Mark 1 Corinthians Romans Revelation 1 John 2 Corinthians Hebrews Galatians

67 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.2c. AD 75–95

τινὲς μὲν γὰρ ἐπιδεικνύμενοι λόγων δεινότητα καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς θηρευόμενοι δόξαν ἐπὶ τοῦτο τῆς παιδείας τὸ μέρος ὁρμῶσιν, ἄλλοι δὲ χάριν ἐκείνοις φέροντες, περὶ ὧν τὴν ἀναγραφὴν εἶναι συμβέβηκε, τὸν εἰς αὐτὴν πόνον καὶ παρὰ δύναμιν ὑπέστησαν·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 4th c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν, μηνὸς Ἐπεὶφ κε. ἐν Παθύρει, ἐφʼ Ἑρμίου τοῦ παρὰ Πανίσκου ἀγορανόμου. ἀπέδοτο

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν, μηνὸς Τῦβι ιη ἐν Παθύρει ἐφʼ Ἑρμίου τοῦ παρὰ Πανίσκου ἀγορανόμου. ἀπέδοτο

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ταμεῖονtameion a storehouse G5009 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
4× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
An inner room in a house, often used for storage or private meetings, like the secret chamber in Matthew 6:6.
Amplified meaning
inner room, granary
Tyndale gloss
inner room
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ταμεῖον is a neuter noun meaning a storehouse, treasury, or inner chamber. It is derived from a form related to the word for a distributor or dispenser. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts referring to secret rooms or places of privacy, notably in Matthew 6:6 and Luke 12:3. There is some variation in the spelling, with ταμιεῖον being the more complete form.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ταμεῖον

(late syncopated form of cl. ταμιεῖον; v. M, Pr., 44 f.; Bl., § 6, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 63 ff.; Deiss., BS, 182 f.), -ου, τό,

[in LXX chiefly for חֶדֶר ;]

a treasury (Thuc., al).

a store-chamber (Arist., Xen.; De 28:8): Lk 12:24.

an inner chamber (Xen., Hell., v, 4, 5 ; Is 26:20, al.): Mt 6:6 24:26, Lk 12:3.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ταμεῖον [so T WH uniformly], more correctly ταμιεῖον [R GL Tr in Mt. vi. 6], (cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 493; W. 94 (90); [Tdf. Proleg. p. 88 sq.]), -ov, τό, (ταμιεύω), fr. Thuc. and Xen. down; 1. a storechamber, storeroom: Lk. xii. 24 (Deut. xxviii. 8; Prov. iii. 10 [Philo, quod omn. prob. lib. § 12]). 2. a chamber, esp. ‘an inner chamber’; @ secret room: Mt. vi. 6; xxiv. 26; Lk. xii. 3, (Xen. Hell. 5,4,5; Sir. xxix. 12; Tob. vii. 15, and often in Sept. for ὙΠ). Ἢ

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ταμεῖον, “*(inner) chamber,” ‘‘store-chamber.” The syncopated form ταμεῖον (for ταμιεῖον), which is found in the four NT occurrences of the word (Mt 65, 2435, Lk 12% 33), is the prevailing form in the papyri from i/A.D. onwards: see e.g. CPR I. 178 (a.p. 83-4), tpamét[ys] ταμείω(ν), ‘Sof the bank of the store-houses,” and so*, P Fay 1107 (A.D. 94) ὃ λέγεις ταμε[ἴ]ον, ‘the storehouse you speak of,” BGU παρὰ τῷ ταμείῳ, and 26. VI. 8864 (ili/a.D.) (= Selections, p. 111) ἐν τοῖς τοῦ ‘“Eppod ταμίοις, ‘‘in the archives of Hermes.” In Menander Zap. 18 ταμειΐου probably stands for ταμειδίου. The full form ταμιεῖον is seen in such passages from Ptolemaic times as P Petr II. 32% ° épyat{opévov] μου ἐν τῶι βασιλικῶι ταμιείωι, “as I was working in the Royal Repository” (Edd.), 26. III. 737 (lease of a shop) ταμιεῖον εἰσιόντων ἐνδέξια ὄγδοον, “the eighth shop on the right as one enters’’ (Edd.), and…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ταμεῖον (tameion) — inner room.

τᾰμῐ-εῖον, τό,

treasury, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the Roman aerarium, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; the Imperial fiscus, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

2. magazine, storehouse, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; store-room, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; reservoir, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. chamber, closet, [LXX+NT+4th c.BC+]; also written ταμῖον [Refs 1st c.AD+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ταμεῖον

tameion

neuter contraction of a presumed derivative of tamias (a dispenser or

distributor; akin to temno, to cut); a dispensary or magazine, i.e. a

chamber on the ground-floor or interior of an Oriental house

(generally used for storage or privacy, a spot for

retirement):--secret chamber, closet, storehouse.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ταμεῖον, ου, τό

n.n.

a secret chamber

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ταμεῖον tameion 4x

a storehouse, granary, barn, Lk. 12:24; a chamber, closet, place of retirement and privacy, Mt. 6:6; 24:26; Lk. 12:3*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ταμεῖον τα^μεῖον, ου, τό, = ταμιεῖον, Babr.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
50%inner rooms
inner rooms50% · 2×room25% · 1×storehouse25% · 1×

4 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 3 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial50%predicate25%subject25%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 4 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
ἐνεἰς
εἰμίI am, exist
οὐNeg
ταμεῖονa storehouse
what comes after →
σύ
καίand, even, also,
μήNeg
πιστεύωI believe, have
κηρύσσωI proclaim, herald,
ἐπί
οὐδέNeg
ἀποθήκηa repository, gr

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceταμεῖον · 4× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew
Across the New Testament2 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 17 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria
Philo of AlexandriaThat the Worse Attacks the Better 68c. AD 40

καὶ μὴν ὅτι δικαιωμάτων καὶ νόμων ἑρμηνεὺς καὶ ὑφηγητὴς ἄριστος, πάλιν δεδήλωκε, τῆς μὲν ἑρμηνείας διὰ συγγενικοῦ ὀργάνου, τοῦ φωνητηρίου δήπου, συνισταμένης, τῆς δὲ φυλακῆς περὶ τὸν νοῦν ἐξεταζομένης, ὃς μέγα ταμεῖον ὑπὸ φύσεως δημιουργηθεὶς τὰς…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. AD 2nd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 1st c. BC
BGU 4 1156 Vo descr.Schreibort: Alexandria; Fundort: Abusir el-Melek15 BC–14 BC

Καίσαρος ἐνοικεῖν ἐν … καὶ τῇ κατὰ κοινὸν κατ’ αὐτ … ν προστάδι καὶ ταμείοις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν τῇ ὑπαρχούσῃ αὐτῇ οἰκίᾳ ἐν τῷ Γάμμα χρωμένους καὶ τοῖς τῆς

P. Lond. 2 p. XXVIII no. 288 descr.Soknopaiu Nesos (Arsinoites)AD 90

υἱῷ Στοτοῆτι μερίζει ὁ ὁμολογῶν μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τελευτὴν οἰκίαν -στεγον καὶ αὐλὴν καὶ ταμεῖον καὶ τὰ συγκύροντα πάντα, τῷ δʼ αὐτῷυἱῷ Στοτοῆτι μερίζει ὁ ὁμολογῶν μετὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ

BGU 2 482ArsinoitesAD 101–AD 200

Μεσορὴ λ. … γραφεισῶν στρατηγῷ Θεμίστου καὶ Πολέμωνος μερίδων … … διοικηθῆναι εἰς τὸ ταμεῖον τὰ ὑπο … … … Κλεοπάτρας συνκολλάσθω

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
οὐδὲoude nor [is] G3761 Conjunction · negative
140× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means 'nor' or 'neither', used to connect negative ideas or options, like in Matthew 6:15 and Romans 4:15. It helps to rule out alternatives or emphasize a point.
Tyndale gloss
nor
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word οὐδέ (oude) is a negative particle that functions as a conjunction meaning 'and not' or 'nor,' and as an adverb meaning 'not even.' It combines elements of negation and exclusion, often appearing in phrases like 'neither... nor.' The New Testament uses it in various contexts, such as in Matthew 6:15 and Acts 4:32.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

οὐδέ, negative particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή.

As conjc., and not, also not, neither, nor: Mt 6:15, Lk 16:31, Ro 4:15, al.; οὐ . . . οὐδέ, Mt 5:15 10:24, Mk 4:22, Lk 6:43, 44, Jo 6:24, Ac 2:27, Ro 2:28, al. (v. Bl., § 77, 10).

As adv., not even: Mt 6:29, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:9, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

οὐδέ, [fr. Hom. down], a neg. disjunctive conjunction, compounded of ov and δέ, and therefore prop. i. q. but not; generally, however, its oppositive force being lost, it serves to continue a negation. [On the elision of ε when the next word begins with a vowel (observed by Tdf. in eight instances, neglected in fifty-eight), see TW. Proleg. p. 96; cf. WH. App. p. 146; W.§5, 1 a.; B. p. 10 sq.] It signifies 1. and not, continuing a negation, yet differently from οὔτε; for the latter connects parts or members of the same thing, since τέ is adjunctive like the Lat. que; but οὐδέ places side by side things that are equal and mutually exclude each other [(?). There appears to be some mistake here in what is said about ‘mutual exclusion’ (cf. W. § 55, 6): οὐδέ, like δέ, always makes reference to something preceding; οὔτε to what follows also; the connection of clauses negatived by οὔτε is…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

οὐδέ is used adverbially = ‘not even,” as in Mk 651, 1 Cor 5}, in P Oxy XIV. 16608 (iii/a.D.) τοὺς ἐγδοχεῖς οὐκ ἔπεμψας ὡς ἐνετειλάμην σοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἔγραψας εἰ ἀπετάξαντο, ‘you have not sent the middlemen as I bade you, and you have not even written whether they departed” (Edd.), 24. 1765+ (iii/A.D.) οὐδὲ ἅπαξ ἠξίωσάς μοι γράφειν, ‘‘not even once have you deigned to write me.” For οὐδὲ εἷς, as in Ac 455, cf. 26. 16689 (iii/A.D.) Kal οὐκέτι φόβος οὐδὲ εἷς Ever, “Sand there is no longer any fear at all” (Edd.), 2d. I. 1221? (iii/iv A.D.) ἡμεῖ[ς] δὲ aypeve τῶν θηρίων δυνά[με]θα οὐδὲ ἕν, ‘‘and we cannot catch a single animal ”’ (Edd.).

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

οὐδέ (oude) — nor.

οὐδέ,

negative Particle, related to μηδέ as οὐ to μή, partly conjunction, partly adverb:

__A CONJUNCTION, but not, mostly answering to μέν (sometimes written divisim), [Refs 8th c.BC+], but not, is followed by οὐδέ, nor, ἄλλοις μὲν πᾶσιν ἑήνδανεν, οὐδέ ποθ᾽ Ἥρῃ, οὐδὲ Ποσειδάων᾽, οὐδὲ γλαυκώπιδι κούρῃ [Refs]

__A.II more frequently and not, nor: sometimes without a negative preceding, Κίρκη δ᾽ ὡς ἐνόησεν ἔμ᾽ ἥμενον, οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ σίτῳ χεῖρας ἰάλλοντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεινὸν γάρ, οὐδὲ ῥητόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: after a negative compound, ὃν ἠτίμησ᾽ Ἀγαμέμνων, οὐδ᾽ ἀπέλυσε θύγατρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

οὐδέ

oude

from 3756 and 1161; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither

(indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then)

not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.

see GREEK for 3756

see GREEK for 1161

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

οὐδέ

Neg.cj.

neither, nor, not even

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

οὐδέ oude 143x

negative conj., neither, nor, and not, also not, Mt. 5:15; 6:15, 20, 26, 28; when single, not even Mt. 6:29; 8:10

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj-N — Conjunction · negative
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ-N CONJunction or conjunctive particle Negative

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
57%nor
nor57% · 82×not even21% · 30×neither15% · 22×not5% · 7×other renderings3% · 4×

145 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 7 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial43%subject9%object7%verb5%predicate4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 140 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,κύριοςlord, Lord, mast
καίand, even, also, nam
μνῆμαa tomb, monumentπολύςmuch, many, ofteεἷςone
ἀλλάbut, except
αὐτόςδύναμαιI am powerful, aἡμέραa day
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
Article theἀπόοὐδείςno one, none, no
οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaven
Article theἐν
οὐδέnor [is]140×
what comes after →
Article the
πατήρfather, Father, ἄγγελοςan angel, messenυἱόςa son, descenden
γάρfor
Article theἀποθνῄσκωI am dying, am aἀπό
ἐγώ
λέγωI say, speakποιέωI do, makeσύ
εἷςone
ῥῆμαa thing spokenὅςτὶς
ἐκ
θέλημαwill, wish, desiβάτος (I)a thorn bush or ἀκαθαρσίαuncleanness, imp

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceοὐδέ · 140× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke John Acts Revelation 1 Corinthians Mark Galatians Romans Hebrews 1 Thessalonians 1 Timothy

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament18 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 15c. AD 40

ἑκάστῃ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπένειμεν ἔνια τῶν τοῦ παντὸς τμημάτων τὴν πρώτην ὑπεξελόμενος, ἣν αὐτὸς οὐδὲ πρώτην, ἵνα μὴ ταῖς ἄλλαις συγκαταριθμῆται, καλεῖ, μίαν δ’ ὀνομάσας ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ προσαγορεύει, τὴν μονάδος φύσιν καὶ πρόσρησιν ἐνιδών τε καὶ…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.1c. AD 75–95

Τοῖς τὰς ἱστορίας συγγράφειν βουλομένοις οὐ μίαν οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁρῶ τῆς σπουδῆς γινομένην αἰτίαν, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς καὶ πλεῖστον ἀλλήλων διαφερούσας.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.5c. AD 100

πλήρης εἰμὶ ὁλοκαυτωμάτων, καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν καὶ αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων οὐ βούλομαι, οὐδ̓ ἂν ἔρχησθε ὀφθῆναί μοι, τίς γὰρ ἐξεζήτησεν ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν;

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC 1st c. AD 4th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 3 59330Philadelphia? (Arsinoites)249 BC

Θοτέως αὐτοὶ ἄνευ ἡμῶν διελογίσαντο καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα παρακολουθῆσαι τί πεποιήκασιν ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδὲ αἰτούμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐτόλμησαν ἡμῖν δοῦναι. καὶ περὶ τούτων οὖν πλεονάκις ἐπεμαρτυρόμην Ἰάσονι ὅτι

P. Grenf. 1 12Latopolis151 BC

Παμφίλου ὄντα συγγενῆ, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ἐσθλάδου τοῦ Ἐσθλάδου. Ἀλλωι δὲ οὐθενὶ οὐθὲν καταλείπω οὐδε δίδωμι. Μαρτυρες … … … … δεξι … … μελίχρως τετανὸς … οὐλὴ

P.Grenf. 1 37Thebais109 BC

ς οὕτως ὑπὸ γε… ς δεομένων δὲ τῶν … ντων ὑμῶν διαλήψεως … καὶ οὐδὲ μέχρι τοῦ νῦν οὐδενός … ς ἀξιοῦμεν … ἀνθρώπου ἀλόγως … ὀφείλει ἡμῖν διάφορα

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ἀποθήκη,apothēkē barn — G596 Noun · nominative · singular · feminine
6× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A storehouse or granary where food is kept, as seen in Matthew 3:12 and Luke 12:18. It's a place to hold valuable things. Jesus talks about it in the Bible.
Amplified meaning
warehouse, storage
Tyndale gloss
storehouse
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀποθήκη (apothēkē) means a storehouse or granary, derived from the verb ἀποτίθημι (apotithēmi). It refers to a place where items are laid up for preservation, covering uses in both the New Testament and classical literature. The New Testament employs it in contexts related to storage and preservation, particularly in agricultural settings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀπο-θήκη, -ης, ἡ

(< ἀποτίθημι),

[in LXX for אוֹצָר, טֶנֶא, etc.;]

a storehouse, granary: Mt 3:12 6:26 13:30, Lk 3:17 12:18, 24.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀπο-θήκη, -ης, ἡ, (ἀποτίθημι), a place in which any thing is laid by or up; a storehouse, granary, [A. V. garner, barn]: Mt. iii. 12; vi. 26; xiii. 30; Lk. iii. 17; xii. 18, 24. (Jer. xxvii. (1.) 26; Thue. 6, 97.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀποθήκη. The word is by no means so common as might have been expected. In the Indexes to Oxyrhynchus Papyri 1.-X. it is only noted once, namely P Oxy I. 43 versoili 29 (a.p, 295). Seealso BGU I. 323, 2d. III. 8168 (iii/a.p.), and 2. 9315 (iii/iv A.D.) ἐμετρήθη ἀπὸ ἀποθήκης τῆς μέσης ἐλαίου μετρητὰς y—these are the only occurrences in BGU I.-IV. In P Tebt 11. 347 (a banking account, ii/A.D.) the word is repeatedly prefixed to different items, ‘‘ the sums so indicated being apparently ‘deposited’ (in a bank ?)” (Edd.). Add Syl 7345) (Cos) μηδ᾽ ἀποθήκηι χρᾶσθαι τ[ῆι αὐλ]ῆι τῆι ἐν τῶι ἱερῶι, and Chrest. II. 96! ὁ (after A.D. 350), where counsel pleads that the defendant should give up } of δωρεᾶς kal ἀποθήκης, ἢ τὴν ἀποκατάστασιν ἡμῖν ποιήσασθαι τούτων : Mitteis (p. 116) explains these as ‘‘ donatio propter nuptias ?” and ‘ein Geschaftsladen.” Prof. Thumb notes that…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀποθήκη (apothēkē) — storehouse.

ἀπο-θήκη, ἡ,

any place wherein to lay up a thing, magazine, storehouse, [Refs 5th c.BC+]burial-place, [Refs]

2. refuge, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. anything laid by, store, ἀποθήκην ποιεῖσθαι ἐς τὸν Πέρσην lay up store of favour with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀποθήκη

apotheke

from 659; a repository, i.e. granary:--barn, garner.

see GREEK for 659

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀποθήκη, ης, ἡ

n.f.

a repository, granary, barn, storehouse

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀποθήκη apothēkē 6x

a place where anything is laid up for preservation, repository, granary, storehouse, barn, Mt. 3:12; 6:26; 13:30; Lk. 3:17; 12:18, 24

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀποθήκη ἀποτίθημι any place wherein to lay up a thing, a barn, magazine, storehouse, Thuc.

anything laid by, a store, ἀποθήκην ποιεῖσθαι ἔς τινα to lay up store of favour with him, Hdt.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSF — Noun · nominative · singular · feminine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

barn (meghurah, "a granary," "fear," Hag 2:19; acam, "a storehouse," Pr 3:10; mammeghurah, "a repository," Joe 1:17; apotheke, Mt 6:26; 13:30; Lu 12:18,24): A place for the storing of grain, usually a dry cistern in the ground, covered over with a thick layer of earth. "Grain is not stored in the East until it is threshed and winnowed. The apotheke in Roman times was probably a building of some kind. But the immemorial usage of the East has been to conceal the grain, in carefully prepared pits or caves, which, being perfectly dry, will preserve it for years. It thus escaped, as far as possible, the attentions of the…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Barn

A storehouse (Deut. 28:8; Job 39:12; Hag. 2:19) for grain, which was usually under ground, although also sometimes above ground (Luke 12:18).

Nave's Topical Bible

→ General scriptures concerning 2Ki 6:27; Job 39:12; Pr 3:10; Joe 1:17; Hag 2:19; Mt 6:26; 13:30; Lu 12:18,24

→ See GARNER

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
67%barn
barn67% · 4×barns33% · 2×

6 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial67%object17%subject17%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 6 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
εἰςἐγώ
εἰς
συνάγωI gather togethe
οὐδέNeg
ταμεῖονa secret chamber
ἀποθήκηbarn —
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theμέγας
Article the
δέbut, on the othe
ἐγώ
αὐτός
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀποθήκη · 6× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew
Across the New Testament2 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 9 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Shepherd of Hermas Josephus
JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 9.274c. AD 75–95

καὶ τὸ μὲν πλῆθος συνεισέφερε παντοδαπὸν καρπὸν τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ Λευίταις, ἀποθήκας δὲ καὶ ταμιεῖα τούτων ὁ βασιλεὺς κατασκευάσας ἑκάστῳ διένειμε τῶν ἱερέων καὶ Ληουιτῶν καὶ παισὶν αὐτῶν καὶ γυναιξί·

The Shepherd of HermasThe Shepherd of Hermas 16.1.15c. AD 140

ἐὰν γὰρ εἰς ἀποθήκην στιβάσῃς οἶνον ἢ ἔλαιον καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς θῇς κεράμιον κενόν, καὶ πάλιν ἀποστιβάσαι θελήσῃς τὴν ἀποθήκην, τὸ κεράμιον ἐκεῖνο, ὃ ἔθηκας κενόν, κενὸν καὶ εὑρήσεις: οὕτω καὶ οἱ προφῆται οἱ κενοὶ ὅταν ἔλθωσιν εἰς πνεύματα δικαίων,…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 7th c. AD 2nd c. AD 5th c. AD 3rd c. AD

καὶ τὸν φόρον ἀποδώσομεν ἕως Μεχεὶρ τριακάδος τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἔτους, ὑμῶν παρεχομένων κοῦφα καὶ ἀποθήκην ἄνευ ἐνοικίου, ἐφʼ ᾧ κυρωθησόμεθα ἕως τῆς ἐνάτης τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος μηνὸς Ἁδριανοῦ· ἐὰν δὲ

O.Claud. 4 854Mons ClaudianusAD 186–AD 187

συνορίσιμα αὐτὰ ἐποιήσαμεν. ἡμεῖς μὲν μαθέντες διὰ τῶν σῶν γραμμάτων ὅτι σίδηρος ἐν τῇ ἀποθήκῃ … … οι πάσῃ ποικιλίᾳ ἐχρησάμεθα ὡς ται… `ἡμᾶς´ … … ς παλαιοὶ ἄνθρωποι

r Ζωίλου ἀποθήκη ϛ Διονύσις Οὐαληρίου δραχμῶν η ἀπὸ γ ἔτους ἕως Ἁθὺρ γ ἔτους Χοιὰκ Τῦβι

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίand8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ho <the> G3588 Article · nominative · singular · masculine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Amplified meaning
in comparison to, surpassing
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-NSM — Article · nominative · singular · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-NSM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
<the>19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
θεὸςtheos God G2316 Noun · nominative · singular · masculine
1,311× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word simply means God, referring to the one true deity. It is used throughout the New Testament, including in Matthew 27:46 and Acts 14:11, to describe the supreme being and creator of the universe.
Amplified meaning
the Supreme Being, Creator
Tyndale gloss
God
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

θεός (theos) means 'God' or 'a god' and is used in both singular and plural forms. It refers to the supreme deity in monotheistic contexts, as well as to lesser deities in polytheistic settings. The New Testament frequently employs this term, notably in verses like Matthew 27:46 and Acts 19:37. Some lexicons note its use as a title for rulers or magistrates, reflecting its broader application in ancient texts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ (Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ (Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.),

[in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;]

a god or deity, God.

In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al.

Of the one true God;

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

θεός, -οὔ, ὁ and ἡ, voc. θεέ, once in the N. T., Mt. xxvii. 46; besides in Deut. iii. 24; Judg. [xvi. 28;] xxi. 3; [2 S. vii. 25; Is. xxxviii. 20]; Sir. xxiii. 4; Sap. ix. 1; 3 Mace. vi. 3; 4 Mace. vi. 27; Act. Thom. 44 sq. 57; Eus. h. 6. 2, 23,16; [5, 20,7; vit. Const. 2,55, 1.59]; ef. W. §8, 2 ο.; [B. 12 (11)]; ({on the eight or more proposed derivations see Vaniéek p. 386, who follows Curtius (after Doderlein) p. 513 sqq. in connecting it with a root meaning to supplicate, implore; hence the implored ; per contra cf. Max Miiller, Chips ete. iv. 227 sq.; L. and 8. s. v. fin.]); [fr. Hom. down]; Sept. for 58, ΟΝ and m7; a god, a goddess; 1. a general appellation of deities or divinities: Acts xxviii. 6; 1 Co. viii. 4; 2 Th. ii. 4; once ἡ θεός, Acts xix. 37 G LT Tr WH; θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου, Acts xii. 22; ἄνθρωπος ὧν ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν, Jn. x. 33; plur., of the gods of the…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

θεός. For the application of the title θεός to the Ptolemaic kings it is sufficient to recall Brit. Mus. Inscrr. IV. 1 No. 906% (B.C. 284-273) where a votive offering is dedicated in honour of Πτολεμαίου τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ θεοῦ, and the description of Ptolemy V. (Epiphanes) on the Rosetta stone—OG/S gol? (B.C. 196) ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ Kal θεᾶς : cf. Deissmann LAE, p. 348 and the full discussion by E. Kornemann ‘‘ Zur Geschichte der antiken Herrscherkulte” in Beztrdge zur alten Geschichte [Klio] i., p. 51 ff. (Leipzig, 1902). The same practice is still more strikingly illustrated in the Imperial period, as when in an inscr. from the Fayum district, dated March 17th, B.c. 24, Augustus is described as θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ (OG/S 6557), or as when a votive inscr. is addressed to Nero—daya0a(t) θεῶ(ι) (Cos 927): see Deissmann 7s. p. 349. With this may be compared the frequent use for Augustus of the…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

θεός (theos) — God.

θεός, ὁ,

Boeotian dialect θιός, Laconian dialect σιός (see. below), [Refs 5th c.AD+], Cretan dialect θιός [Refs], Doric dialect also θεύς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; vocative (only late) θεός, also θεέ [LXX+NT]; but classical in compound names, Ἀμφίθεε, Τιμόθεε:—God, the Deity, in general sense, both singular and plural (εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ θεὸν ἁρμόζει μεταφέρειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὺν θ. εἰρημένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so in plural, σύν γε θεοῖσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ pi.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν συνεθελόντων, βουλομένων, [Refs 5th c.BC+]bless you! good heavens! for heaven's sake! [Refs 8th c.BC+]: doubled in poets, θεὸν θεόν τις ἀγλαϊζέτω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θεοί (Cretan dialect θιοί) as an opening formula in Inscrr. (i.e. τύχην ἀγαθὴν διδοῖεν), [Refs].1, etc.: in Prose also with the Article, ὁ θ.…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

θεός

theos

of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with 3588) the supreme

Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding,

God, god(-ly, -ward).

see GREEK for 3588

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

θεός, οῦ, ὁ

n.f. & n.m.

God, a god

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

θεός theos 1x

a deity, Acts 7:43; 1 Cor. 8:5; an idol, Acts 7:40; God, the true God, Mt. 3:9, et al. freq.; God, possessed of true godhead, Jn. 1:1; Rom. 9:5; from the Hebrew, applied to potentates, Jn. 10:34, 35; τῷ θεῷ, an intensive term, from the Hebrew, exceedingly, Acts 7:20, and, perhaps, 2 Cor. 10:4

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

θεός θεός, ὁ, God, Hom., both in general sense, Θεὸς δώσει God will grant, and in particular sense, θεός τις a god; πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Hom.:—things are said to happen σὺν θεῷ, σύν γε θεοῖσιν by the will of God, id. Hom., etc.; οὐκ ἄνευ θεοῦ, Lat. non sine diis, Od.; οὐκ ἄνευθε θεοῦ Il.; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ Pind.;— ἐκ θεόφι Il.;— ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will, id. Il.;— κατὰ θεόν τινα, Lat. divinitus, Eur.:—as an oath, πρὸς θεῶν by the gods, in God's name, Trag.; θεὸς ἴστω Soph., etc.

θεός as fem. for θεά, θέαινα, a goddess, Hom.; θήλεια θεός Il.; ἡ νερτέρα θ. Proserpine, Soph.; often in oaths, νὴ τὼ θεώ id. Soph.; ναὶ τὼ σιώ, with the Spartans, of Castor and Pollux, Xen.; with the Boeotians, of Amphion and Zethus, id.…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSM — Noun · nominative · singular · masculine
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

god ('Elohim, 'El, [`Elyon], Shadday, Yahweh; Theos):

I. INTRODUCTION TO THE GENERAL IDEA

1. The Idea in Experience and in Thought

2. Definition of the Idea

3. The Knowledge of God

4. Ethnic Ideas of God

(1) Animism

(2) Fetishism

(3) Idolatry

(4) Polytheism

(5) Henotheism

(6) Pantheism

(7) Deism

(8) Semitic Monolatry

(9) Monotheism

II. THE IDEA OF GOD IN THE OLD TESTAMENT

1. The Course of Its Development

2. Forms of Its Manifestation

(1) The Face or Countenance of God

(2) The Voice and Word of God

(3) The Glory of God

(4) The Angel of God

(5) The Spirit of God

(6) The Name of God

(7) Occasional Forms

3. The Names of God

(1) Generic

(2) Attributive

(3) Yahweh

4. Pre-prophetic Conceptions of God

(1) Yahweh Alone Is the God of Israel

(a) His Early Worship

(b) Popular Religion

(c) Polytheistic Tendencies

(i) Coordination

(ii) Assimilation

(iii) Disintegration

(d) No Hebrew Goddesses

(e) Human Sacrifices

Easton's Bible Dictionary

God

(A.S. and Dutch God; Dan. Gud; Ger. Gott), the name of the Divine Being. It is the rendering (1) of the Hebrew ’El, from a word meaning to be strong; (2) of ’Eloah_, plural _’Elohim. The singular form, Eloah, is used only in poetry. The plural form is more commonly used in all parts of the Bible, The Hebrew word Jehovah (q.v.), the only other word generally employed to denote the Supreme Being, is uniformly rendered in the Authorized Version by “LORD,” printed in small capitals. The existence of God is taken for granted in the Bible. There is nowhere any argument to prove it. He who disbelieves this truth is spoken of as one devoid of understanding (Ps. 14:1).

The arguments generally adduced by theologians in proof of the being of God are:

(1.) The a priori argument, which is the testimony afforded by reason.

Smith's Bible Dictionary

(good). Throughout the Hebrew Scriptures two chief names are used for the one true divine Being--ELOHIM, commonly translated God in our version, and JEHOVAH, translated Lord . Elohim is the plural of Eloah (in Arabic Allah); it is often used in the short form EL (a word signifying strength , as in EL-SHADDAI, God Almighty, the name by which God was specially known to the patriarchs. (Genesis 17:1; 28:3; Exodus 6:3) The etymology is uncertain, but it is generally agreed that the primary idea is that of strength, power of effect , and that it properly describes God in that character in which he is exhibited to all men in his works, as the creator, sustainer and supreme governor of the world. The plural form of Elohim has given rise to much discussion. The fanciful idea that it…

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

This name, the derivation of which is uncertain, we give to that eternal, infinite, perfect, and incomprehensible Being, the Creator of all things, who preserves and governs all by his almighty power and wisdom, and is the only proper object of worship. The proper Hebrew name for God is JEHOVAH, which signifies He is. But the Jews, from a feeling of reverence, avoid pronouncing this name, substituting for it, wherever it occurs in the sacred test, the word ADONAI, Lord; except in the expression, ADONAI JEHOVAH, Lord Jehovah, for which they put, ADONAI ELOHIM, Lord God. This usage, which is not without an element of superstition, is very ancient, dating its origin some centuries before Christ; but there is no good ground for assuming its existence in the days of the inspired Old Testament writers. The proper word for God is ELOHIM, which is plural in its form, being thus used to signify…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
96%god
god96% · 1289×other renderings3% · 34×other renderings1% · 19×

1,342 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 14 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject31%adverbial26%object24%predicate12%indirect object5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,311 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
βασιλείαkingship, sovereλόγοςa word, speech, υἱόςa son, descenden
δέbut, on the other ha
Article theπαράδικαιοσύνηjustice, justnes
ἀπό
εἰρήνηpeace, peace of ὅτιthat, since, becἐγώ
καίand, even, also, nam
ἈβραάμPropἸσαάκPropΧριστόςanointed, the Me
εἰμίI am, exist
οὐNegυἱόςa son, descendenοὗτος
θεόςGod1311×
what comes after →
Article the
δίδωμιI offer, giveπαντοκράτωρruler of the uniπατήρfather, Father,
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theπατήρfather, Father, αὐτός
ἐγώ
καίand, even, also,Article theἐκβάλλωI throw, cast, p
ἐν
Article theαὐτόςΧριστόςanointed, the Me
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theκαίand, even, also,εἰς

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceθεός · 1,311× in the New Testament
Acts Romans Luke 1 Corinthians Revelation John 2 Corinthians Hebrews 1 John Matthew Mark 1 Peter

15 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 1,637 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 7c. AD 40

Τινὲς γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν θαυμάσαντες τὸν μὲν ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀίδιον ἀπεφήναντο, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ πολλὴν ἀπραξίαν ἀνάγνως κατεψεύσαντο, δέον ἔμπαλιν τοῦ μὲν τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ποιητοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καταπλαγῆναι, τὸν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἀποσεμνῦναι…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὡς πύργος, ὃν οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ ἐφ' ὕβρει τοῦ θεοῦ ᾠκοδόμησαν, καὶ ὡς τὰς φωνὰς αὐτῶν μετέβαλε καὶ ὁ τόπος, ἐν ᾧ τοῦτο γέγονε, Βαβυλὼν ἐκλήθη.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 2nd c. AD 7th c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD
P.Grenf. 2 33Pathyris101 BC

αὐτῷ μέρος ἧς ἐμισθώσατο σὺν Πακοίβι Σχώτου καὶ τοῖς μετόχοις γῆς σιτοφόρου λεγομένης Νεχθαραῦτι θεοῦ μεγάλου παρὰ τῶν ἱερέων ἐτῶν δέκα εἰς τὰ ἐνλιπόντα αὐτῷ ἑτέρων , τεσσάρων εἰς

P.Adl. 20Poinkoris (Diopolites)99 BC

1 βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου θεοῦ Φιλομήτορος καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεᾶς Φιλαδέλφου ἔτους ἑκκαιδεκάτου ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ

Chrest.Wilck. 12Pathyris89 BC

ἡμῖν Φιλόξενος ὁ ἀδελφὸς διʼ ὧν κεκόμικεν ἡμῖν Ὄρσης γραμμάτων περὶ τοῦ τὸν μέγιστον Θεὸν Σωτῆρα βασιλέα ἐπιβεβληκέναι εἰς Μέμφιν, Ἱέρακα δὲ προκεχειρίσθαι μετὰ δυνάμεων μυρίων ἐπὶ καταστολὴν τῆς

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
τρέφειtrephō feeds G5142 Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · singular
9× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for to feed or nourish, used in passages like Matthew 6:26 and Luke 12:24 to describe caring for someone or something. It can also mean to bring up or rear, as in Luke 4:16.
Amplified meaning
nourishes, provides for
Tyndale gloss
to feed
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word τρέφω (i.e., *trepho*) is built from a primary verb meaning to nourish or feed. It encompasses a range of meanings, including to rear, bring up, and support, particularly in the context of children and animals. In the New Testament, it appears in verses like Matthew 6:26 and Luke 12:24, where it refers to nourishing or providing for. The lexicons do not indicate significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

τρέφω

[in LXX for חָיָה hi., גָּדַל pi., אָכַל hi., etc. ;]

to make to grow, bring up, rear (cl.; I Mac 3:33 11:39): Lk 4:16 (T, WH, mg., ἀνατ-)

to nourish, feed: Mt 6:26 25:37, Lk 12:24, Ac 12:20, Re 12:6, 14; of a mother, to give suck, Lk 23:29; of animals, to fatten (Je 26 (46):21), fig., Ja 5:5 (cf. ἀνα-, ἐκ-, ἐν-τρέφω).†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

τρέφω; 1 aor. ἔθρεψα ; Pass., pres. rpépopar; pf. ptep. τεθραμμένος ; fr. Hom. down; to nourish, support; to feed : τινά, Mt. vi. 26; xxv. 37; Lk. xii. 24; Acts xii. 20; Rev. xii. 6, 14; to give suck, Lk. xxiii. 29 LT Tr WH; to fatten, Jas. v. 5 [here A. V. nourish]. to bring up, nurture, Lk. iv. 16 [here T WH mrg. ἀνατρέφω] (1 Mace. iii. 33; xi. 39, and often in prof. auth.). [Comp. : ἐκ-, ev- τρέφω.)

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

τρέφω, “nourish,”’ ‘‘feed.”” In P Eleph 21! (B.c. 285-4) provision is made for the maintenance of parents by their sons— τρεφέτωσαν αὐτοὺς οἱ υἱεῖς πάντες κοινῆι. Cf PSI VI. 5964 (iii/B.C.) ἀφ᾽ οὗ τε γεγόναμεν ἐν Φιλαδελφέαι σὺ ἡμᾶς τέτρεφας, 2ό. 6041 (iii/B.c.) τέφ]τροφα τοὺς ἵππους, P Oxy II. 27514 (contract of apprenticeship—a.D. 66) τοῦ παιδὸς τρεφομένου kal ἱματι(σ)ζομένου ἐπὶ τὸν ὅλον χρόνον, ‘the boy is to be fed and clothed during the whole period,” 26. VI. go824 (A.D. 199) τρεφόντων ὑμῶν τὰ [κ]τήνη χόρτῳ τε καὶ κριθῇ, and P Lips I. 2818 (deed of adoption—a.p. 381) ὅνπερ θρέψω καὶ ἱματίζω (λ ἱματίσω) εὐγενῶς καὶ γνησίως ὡς υἱὸν γνήσιον καὶ φυσικὸν ὡς ἐξ ἐμ]οῦ γενόμενον. For the meaning ‘‘ give suck,” as in Lk 2355, see P Ryl II. 178° (agreement with a nurse—early i/a.D.) τοῦτο θρέψει ἐπὶ τὸν ἐνλείψοντα χρόνον, ‘she shall nurse it for the rest of the time.” In P Oxy XII. 14152?…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

τρέφω (trephō) — to feed.

τρέφω,

[Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τράφω (see. entry); 1st pers. singular optative τρέφοιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future θρέψω [Refs]aorist 1 ἔθρεψα, Epic dialect θρέψα [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist 2 ἔτρᾰφον (see. infr. B): perfect τέτροφα intransitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —middle, future θρέψομαι in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐθρεψάμην [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc.:—passive, future τρᾰφήσομαι Ps.-[Refs 4th c.BC+], etc., but in early writers in middle form θρέψομαι (see. above): aorist 1 ἐθρέφθην, Epic dialect θρέφθη [Refs 8th c.BC+], rare in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 6th c.BC+]aorist 2 ἐτράφην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἔτραφεν, τράφεν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect τέθραμμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural τέθραφθε [Refs 5th c.BC+] [assuming variant] in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive τεθράφθαι [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

τρέφω

trepho

a primary verb (properly, threpho; but perhaps strengthened from the

base of 5157 through the idea of convolution); properly, to stiffen,

i.e. fatten (by implication, to cherish (with food, etc.), pamper,

rear):--bring up, feed, nourish.

see GREEK for 5157

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

τρέφω

v.

I feed, rear

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

τρέφω trephō 9x

to nourish; to feed, support, cherish, provide for,

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

τρέφω to thicken or congeal a liquid, γάλα θρέψαι to curdle it. Od.; τυρὸν τρέφειν Theocr.:—Pass., with intr. perf. act. τέτροφα, to become firm, περὶ χροῒ τέτροφεν ἄλκη Od.

to make to grow or increase, to bring up, breed, rear, Hom., etc.; c. acc. cogn., τρ. τινὰ τροφήν τινα to bring up in a certain way, Hdt.:—Mid. to rear for oneself, Od., etc.:—Pass. to reared, grow up, Hom.; κάρτιστοι τράφεν ἄνδρες grew up the strongest men, Il.; ἐξ ὅτου 'τράφην ἐγώ from the time when I left the nursery, Ar.; μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτός, i. e. art a child of night, Soph.

of slaves, horses, dogs and the like, to rear and keep them, Hom., etc.; τρ. παιδαγωγούς Aeschin.; τρ. γυναῖκα Eur.;—metaph., αἰγιαλὸν ἔνδον τρέφει he keeps quite a sea-beach in the house…

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAI-3S — Verb · present · active · indicative · third person · singular
present active indicative — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
22%feeds
feeds22% · 2×being nourished11% · 1×you have fattened11% · 1×they may feed11% · 1×she is nourished11% · 1×fed11% · 1×raised11% · 1×they feed11% · 1×

9 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 8 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 9 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
οὐράνιοςheavenly
Article the
καίand, even, also, nam
πεινάωI am hungry, nee
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗwhere, whither,
θεόςGod, a god
Article the
οὐNeg
ὅς
τρέφωfeeds
what comes after →
αὐτός
οὐNegπόσοςArticle the
Disj
διψάωI thirst for, de
καίand, even, also, nam
εἰσέρχομαιI go in, come in
Article the
καρδίαthe heart, inner
ἐκεῖthere, yonder, thith
καιρόςfitting season,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceτρέφω · 9× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts James
Across the New Testament5 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.97c. AD 40

τρέφεται δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ ἀναλήψει τῶν καλῶν καὶ πράξει τῶν κατορθωμάτων.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.253c. AD 75–95

πέμπει τοίνυν οὗτος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀξιῶν τὴν κόρην ταύτην παιδὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λαβεῖν πρὸς γάμον, ὃς γνήσιός ἐστιν αὐτῷ καὶ μόνος ἐπὶ τοῖς πᾶσι τεθραμμένος.

The Shepherd of HermasThe Shepherd of Hermas 19.1.8c. AD 140

παρὰ τοῖς οὖν ἀνθρώποις ἡ πτελέα δοκεῖ καρπὸν μὴ φέρειν, καὶ οὐκ οἴδασιν οὐδὲ νοοῦσιν, ὅτι, ὅταν ἀβροχία γένηται, ἡ πτελέα ἔχουσα ὕδωρ τρέφει τὴν ἄμπελον καὶ ἡ ἄμπελος ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχουσα τὸ ὕδωρ διπλοῦν τὸν καρπὸν ἀποδίδωσι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῆς καὶ ὑπὲρ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 2nd c. BC 3rd c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Oxy. 41 2971OxyrhynchosAD 66

αὐτὸν Σεύθην. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς Σεύθης, ἐὰν μὴ βούληται ὁ παῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου τρέφεσθαι, χορηγήσει τῇ Τασεῦτι ὑπὲρ τῶν τούτου τροφείων κατὰ μῆνα ἕκαστον ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς πέντε καὶ

θεοῦ Ἁδριανοῦ τοῦ καὶ οἰκιστοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς εὐεργεσίας καθʼ ἃς ἐβουλήθη τρέφεσθαι τὰ τῶν Ἀντινοέων τέκνα τὰ ἀπογραφόμενα ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν γονέων ἐντὸς ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ἀφʼ

Aegyptus 63 (1983), p. 107 no. IAntinoopolis (AntinoitesAD 157

φανερὰς ἐποίησεν ἡμῖν τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Ἁδριανοῦ εἰς ἡμᾶς εὐεργεσίας καθʼ ἃς ἐβουλήθη τρέφεσθαι τοὺς τῶν Ἀντινοέων παῖδας ἀπογραφομένους ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τῶν γονέων ἐντὸς ἡμερῶν τριάκοντα ἀφʼ ἧς

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
αὐτούς·autos them; G846 Personal pronoun · accusative · plural · masculine
5,550× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This pronoun refers to a person or thing, like 'he', 'she', or 'it'. It is used in the Bible to emphasize a person or thing, like in John 2:25 where it says 'he himself knew'.
Tyndale gloss
it/s/he
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

αὐτός is a pronoun meaning 'self' or 'the same,' used to emphasize distinction or opposition. It can function as a reflexive pronoun and appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts that highlight contrast or identity, such as in Luke 5:37 and John 2:25. The entries indicate that it can also be used in various grammatical constructions, including with articles to denote sameness.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

αὐτός, -ή, -ό,

determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399).

Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii);

self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

αὐτός, -7, -d, pron. (“derived from the particle αὖ with the added force of a demonstrative pronoun. In itself it signifies nothing more than again, applied to what has either been previously mentioned or, when the whole discourse is looked at, must necessarily be .upplied.” Klotz ad Devar. ii. p. 219; [see Vaniéek p. 268]). It is used by the bibl. writ. both of the O. T. and of the N. T. far more frequently than the other pronouns; and in this very frequent and almost inordinate use of it, they deviate greatly from prof. auth.; cf. B. § 127, 9. [On classic usage ef. Hermann, Opusce. i. 308 sqq., of which dissertation a summary is given in his edition of Viger pp- 732-736.] I. self, as used (in all persons, genders, numbers) to distinguish a person or thing from or contrast it with another, or to give him (it) emphatic prominence. ik When used to express Opposition or Distinction, it is…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

αὐτός. The weakening of the old distinction between αὐτὸς 6 and ὁ αὐτός, especially in Luke, is noted in Proleg. p. 91, and paralleled from Hellenistic. We may add (cf. Linleitung p. 145f.) Sy// 8071 (ii/A.D.) αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις, where Dittenberger remarks ‘‘expectaveris ταῖς αὐταῖς," OG/S 383! (Antiochus of Commagene, i/8.c.) τὴν αὐτήν τε κρίσιν, for which Ditt. desiderates ταύτην τὴν κρίσιν, P Iib I. 30° (B.c. 265) αὐτὸς Ὧρος “the said H.,’’ P Lille I. 238 (B.C, 221) οὗ μ[ισ]θωτὴς Ἡρώδ[ης] ὁ αὐτός “ce méme L.,”’ P Oxy VI. 892% (A.D. 338) τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως, 26. VIII. 1105 (A.D. 254) τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀμφοδογραμματέως “the said a.’’: all these seem to be practically identical, with αὐτός differing little from ἐκεῖνος. The combination αὐτὸ τοῦτο may be illustrated by P Grenf I. 114 (literary, ii/B.c.) “ for this reason ” (Ed.) as in 2 Pet 1°, P Ryl 11. 77°9 (a.p. 192) καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀσφαλίσομαι…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

αὐτός (autos) — it/s/he.

αὐτός

(Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

I. self, myself, thyself, etc., accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10),

I.1. one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

αὐτός

autos

from the particle au (perhaps akin to the base of 109 through the idea

of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used

(alone or in the comparative 1438) of the third person , and (with the

proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one,

the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy-

)self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at,

- by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man),

those, together, very, which. Compare 848.

see GREEK for 109

see GREEK for 1438

see GREEK for 848

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

αὐτός, αὐτή, αὐτό

Pers.pr.

he, she, it, they, them, same

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

αὐτός autos 5x

self, very; alone, Mk. 6:31; 2 Cor. 12:13; of one’s self, of one’s own motion, Jn. 16:27; used also in the oblique cases independently as a personal pron. of the third person; ὁ αὐτός, the same; unchangeable, Heb. 1:12; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό, at the same time, together, Acts 14:1; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, in one and the same place, Mt. 22:34; at the same time, together, Acts 3:1

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

αὐτός self, Lat. ipse:— in the oblique cases simply for the personal Pron., him, her, it:— with the Artic. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (or ταὐτόν), etc., the very one, the same.

self, myself, thyself, etc., acc. to the person of the Verb., Hom., etc.:

oneself, one's true self, the soul, not the body, Od.; or opp. to others, as king to subjects, parent to children, man to wife, etc., Hom.; hence absol. for the master, τίς οὗτος;—Αὐτός, i. e. Socrates, Ar.; similarly in neut. αὐτὸ δείξει the result will shew, Eur.

of oneself, of one's own accord, Lat. sponte, Hom., Soph.

by oneself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, Il.; αὐτοί ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i. e. among friends, Ar.

in Plat., τὸ δίκαιον αὐτό right in itself, the idea of right, etc.; cf. αὐτοάνθρωπος.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-APM — Personal pronoun · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-APM Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
52%him
him52% · 3025×them25% · 1488×it6% · 323×her4% · 250×other renderings10% · 587×other renderings3% · 188×

5,861 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 92 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object33%adverbial28%indirect object19%subject18%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5,561 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
λέγωI say, speak
καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheἸησοῦςJesus
πρός
λέγωI say, speakἔρχομαιI come, goδέbut, on the othe
ἐν
Article theαὐτόςεὑρίσκωI find
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakοὗτοςὁράωI see, look upon
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςσύθεόςGod, a god
αὐτόςthem;5550×
what comes after →
Article the
ἸησοῦςJesusμαθητήςa learner, disciθεόςGod, a god
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theλέγωI say, speakαὐτός
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςτίςIrgκύριοςlord, Lord, mast
ἐν
Article theαὐτόςὅς
εἰς
Article theδικαιοσύνηjustice, justnesἹεροσόλυμαJerusalem

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceαὐτός · 5,550× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew John Mark Acts Revelation Romans Hebrews 1 John 1 Corinthians Ephesians 2 Corinthians

19 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

περὶ τοῦ γένους Ἀδάμου καὶ τῶν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ δέκα γενεῶν τῶν μέχρι τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.4c. AD 100

πεπεισμένος οὖν τοῦτο καὶ συνειδὼς ἐμαυτῷ, ὅτι ἐν ὑμῖν λαλήσας πολλὰ ἐπίσταμαι, ὅτι ἐμοὶ συνώδευσεν ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης κύριος, καὶ πάντως ἀναγκάζομαι κἀγὼ εἰς τοῦτο, ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι μεγάλη πίστις καὶ ἀγάπη ἐγκατοικεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ἐπ’…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

Πακοίβιος ἱερεὺς Σούχου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης ὡς ἐτῶν μ εὐμεγέθης μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ μερίδα γῆς σιτοφόρου ἐν τῷ περὶ Παθῦρειν πεδίωι σφραγίδων τεσσάρων , ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ὡς ἐτῶν νε μέσος ἢ ἐλάσσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, καὶ Πετεαρσοῆρις Σχώτου τῶν αὐτῶν ἱερέων ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος ἢ ἐλασσων μελίχρως μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν ὑπόσκνιφος, ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
πόσῳposos How much G4214 Correlative or interrogative pronoun · dative · singular · neuter
27× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word asks about the amount or quantity of something, like in Matthew 6:23 and Mark 9:21. It seeks to know how much, how great, or how many of something exists.
Tyndale gloss
how much/many?
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word πόσος (posos) is an interrogative adjective meaning 'how much,' 'how great,' or 'how many.' It can refer to quantity, magnitude, distance, time, or value, and appears in various contexts in the New Testament, such as in Matthew and Hebrews. The lexicons consistently describe its range of use without significant disagreement.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πόσος, -η, -ον,

adj. of number, magnitude, degree, etc.,

how much, how great, how many: Mt 6:23, II Co 7:11; of time, Mk 9:21; neut., absol., Lk 16:5, 7; dat., πόσῳ, adverbially, how much, Mt 12:12; id. seq. μᾶλλον, Mt 7:11 10:25, Lk 11:13 12:24, 28, Ro 11:12, 24, Phm 16, He 9:14; π. χείρονος τιμωρίας, He 10:29; pl., Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πόσος, -n, -ov, [(cf. Curtius § 631), fr. Aeschyl. down, Lat. quantus], how great: Mt. vi. 23; 2 Co. vii. 11; πόσος χρόνος, how great (a space) i. e. how long time, Mk. ix. 21; neut. how much, Lk. xvi. 5, 7; πόσῳ, (by) how much, Mt. xii. 12; πόσῳ μᾶλλον, Mt. vii.11; x. 25; Lk. xi. 13; xii. 24, 28; Ro. xi. 12, 24; Philem. 16; Heb. ix. 14; πόσῳ χείρονος τιμωρίας, Heb. x. 29; plur. how many: with nouns, Mt. xv. 34; xvi. 9sq.; Mk. vi. 38; viii. 4, 19 sq. ; Lk. xv. 17; Acts xxi. 20; πόσα, how grave, Mt. xxvii. 13; Mk. xv. 4.

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πόσος, “how great?” plur. ‘‘how many?’’: cf. P Oxy IV. 7424 (B.C. 2) ἀπόστειλόν plo]t πόσας δέσμας παρείληφες, “‘send me word how many bundles you have received,” P Fay 1221 (c. a.D. 100) δήλωσόν μοι πόσαι ἐξέβησαν, ‘(inform me how many (artabae) came out,” P Tebt II. 41718 (iii/a.D.) εἴδε πόσα μέτρα [ἔχι, ‘see how many measures there are,” and the late P Amh II. 153%? (vi/vii A.D.) γράψον pot εὐθέως ὅτι π[όϊσα (sc. πρόβατα) ἀρρενικά ἐστιν καὶ πόσα θηλικά, ““νυεῖξε me at once how many males there are, and how many females.’’ For πόσου, “αἱ what price,” cf. PSI V. 508° (B.C. 256-5) πόσου ἕκαστόν ἐστιν, and P Oxy XII. 14918 (early iv/A.D.) ἀξιῶ σε μαθεῖν πόσου ἡμῖν συναλλάσσει κριθήν, “1 beg you to find out at what price he is contracting to get barley for me.” See also Kaibel 110° (ii/A.D.) ζω]ῆς δ᾽ ἐς πόσον ἦλίθες ; For the subst. ποσότης we may quote P Oxy X. 1293° (A.D. 117-38) περὶ…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πόσος (posos) — how much/many?.

πόσος,

Ionic dialect κόσος, η, ον, interrogative adjective of what quantity?

1. of Number, how many? κόσοι τινές εἰσι οἱ Αακεδαιμόνιοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with singular Nouns, how great? how much? π. πλῆθος νεῶ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. of Distance, how far? πόσον ἄπεστιν ἐνθένδε τὸ στράτευμ; [Refs]; π. τις ὁδὸς εἴη[Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. of Time, how long? π. τινὰ χρόνο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]

4. of Value, how much? πόσον δίδω; [Refs]at what price? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ πόσ;[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ πόσου is falsa lectio for{ὁπόσου} in [Refs 4th c.BC+]

5. of Degree, how great? πόθο; πόσος τι; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: neuter adverb πόσο; πόσ; to what amount? [Refs 5th c.BC+]

8.

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

πόσος

posos

from an absolute pos (who, what) and 3739; interrogative pronoun (of

amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many):--how great (long,

many), what.

see GREEK for 3739

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πόσος, η, ον

Corr./Irg.pr.

how much, how great, how many

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πόσος posos 27x

How great? How much? Mt. 6:23; Lk. 16:5, 7; 2 Cor. 7:11; πόσῳ, adverbially before a comparative, How much? By how much? Mt. 7:11; 10:25; Heb. 10:29; of time, How long? Mk. 9:21; of number, pl. How many? Mt. 15:34; 16:9, 10

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πόσος πόσος;, ionic and aeolic κόσος, η, ον interrog. adj. corresponding to the relat. ὅσος and demonstr. τόσος, Lat. quantus? of what quantity? opp. to πηλίκος (which refers to bulk), often with τις added:

of Number, how many? Hdt., attic: with sg. Nouns, how great? how much? π. τι πλῆθος; Aesch.

of Distance, how far? Xen.

of Time, how long? Soph., etc.

of Value, how much? Ar.; πόσου; for how much? at what price? Lat. quanti? id. Ar.; so, ἐπὶ πόσῳ; Plat.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Q-DSN — Correlative or interrogative pronoun · dative · singular · neuter
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

Q-DSN Part of Speech: correlative or interrogative pronoun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
52%how much
how much52% · 14×how many33% · 9×how many things7% · 2×how great!4% · 1×how long4% · 1×

27 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial41%object37%subject11%second object7%predicate4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 27 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakἐρωτάωI ask, question,πατήρfather, Father,
σύ
τέκνονa child, descend
καίand, even, also, nam
πεντακισχίλιοιfive thousandτετρακισχίλιοιfour thousand
σκότοςdarkness
Article the
ἐπικαλέωI call by an additio
ΒεελζεβούλProp
πόσοςHow much27×
what comes after →
μᾶλλονmore, rather
Article theσύοὗτος
κόφινοςa large basket
λαμβάνωI receive, takeκλάσμαa fragment
σπυρίςa plaited basket
λαμβάνωI receive, takeπλήρωμαfullness, fulfil
σύ
καταμαρτυρέωI give evidence κατηγορέωI accuse, charge
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
ἄρτοςbread, a loaf, f

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπόσος · 27× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke Mark Hebrews Romans 2 Corinthians Acts Philemon
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch The Didache
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 61c. AD 40

εἰς πόσα δ’ ἄλλα φαίην ἂν ἔγωγε τῶν ἡμῖν μὲν ἀδηλουμένων — οὐ γὰρ πάντα τῷ θνητῷ γένει γνώριμα —, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου συνεργούντων διαμονήν, ἃ θεσμοῖς καὶ νόμοις, οὓς ὥρισεν ὁ θεὸς ἀκινήτους ἐν τῷ παντί, συμβαίνει πάντῃ τε καὶ πάντως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.6c. AD 75–95

ἤδη μὲν οὖν καὶ πρότερον διενοήθην, ὅτε τὸν πόλεμον συνέγραφον, δηλῶσαι τίνες ὄντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ τίσι χρησάμενοι τύχαις ὑφʼ οἵῳ τε παιδευθέντες νομοθέτῃ τὰ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἄσκησιν ἀρετῆς πόσους τε πολέμους ἐν μακροῖς…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 19.8c. AD 100

κοινωνήσεις ἐν πᾶσιν τῷ πλησίον σου καὶ οὐκ ἐρεῖς ἴδια εἶναι: εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ κοινωνοί ἐστε, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς φθαρτοῖς;

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. BC 3rd c. AD 7th c. AD 1st c. AD
P.Fay. 122Euhemeria (Arsinoites)AD 100

μέτρῳ δὲ τετραχοινίκωι τὸ σίναπι μέτρησον ελ … … ὑπογραφὴν αεφυτοσι, καὶ δήλωσόν μοι πόσαι ἐξέβησαν ἵνα εἰδῶ. ἔπεμψά σοι ὑποδείγματα μεγάλωνὑποδείγματα μεγάλων τεσσαράκοντα εἰς τὴν μηχανὴν τῆς Χαλώθεως.

P.Fam.Tebt. 19ArsinoitesAD 118

βαστάσωσι μετὰ τὴν σὴν κρίσιν. Κρονίων· δαπάνας ἐποιήσαμεν. Ἀπολωνίδης ὁ στρατηγός· ὁ κωμογραμματεὺς ἐπικρινεῖ πόσαι ἐγένοντο δαπάναι καὶ ταύτας ποιήσει ἀπολαβεῖν συγκομιζομένου τὰ θέρεια. ἀνέγνων

P.Flor. 2 170Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 252

νῦν οὖν διάπεμψαι ἵνα μὴ ὡς τοιούτῳ σοι χρησώμεθα εἰ περὶ τῶν οὐδαμίνων ἀμελεῖτε πόσῳ μᾶλλον τῶν ἀναγκαιοτέρων. β ἔτους Μεσορὴ θ. Ἡρωνείνῳ φροντιστῇ Θεαδελφείας

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
μᾶλλονmallon more G3123 Adverb
81× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
rarer in Luke than elsewhere in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for more or rather, used to show a greater degree of something, as seen in Mark 10:48 and Romans 5:15. It means a higher amount or extent. Used in comparisons to show increase.
Amplified meaning
to a greater extent, rather
Tyndale gloss
more
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word μᾶλλον is an adverb meaning 'more' or 'rather,' derived from μάλα. It indicates an increase in degree or preference, often used in comparisons. In the New Testament, it appears in various contexts, such as Mark 10:48 and Philippians 1:23. Notably, it can also function as a periphrasis for comparatives.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

μάλα,

adv.,

[in LXX for אֲבָל, III Ki 1:43, Da LXX 10:21, al.; compar. for מ, Nu 13:32 (31), al.; μᾶλλον ἠ (מ), Ge 19:9, al.; superlat., II Mac 8:7, IV Mac 4:22 12:9 15:4;]

Pos., very, very much, exceedingly (cl.; LXX ut supr.; in NT its place is taken by λίαν, σφόδρα, etc.).

Compar., μᾶλλον.

Of increase, more; with qualifying words: πολλῷ, Mk 10:48, Lk 18:39, Ro 5:15, 17, Phl 2:12, al.; πόσῳ, Lk 12:24, Ro 11:12, al.; τοσούτῳ . . . ὅσῳ,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

μᾶλλον (compar. of μάλα, very, very much), [fr. Hom. down], adv., more, to a greater degree; rather; ab added to verbs and adjectives, it denotes increase, a greater quantity, a larger measure, a higher degree, more, more fully, (Germ. in héherem Grade, Maasse); ἃ. words defining the measure or size are joined to it in the ablative (dat.): πολλῷ much, by far, Mk. x. 48; Lk. xviii. 39; Ro. v. 15, 17, (in both these verses the underlying thought is, the measure of salvation for which we are indebted to Christ is far greater than that of the ruin which came from Adam; for the difference between the consequences traceable to Adam and to Christ is not only one of quality, but of quantity also; cf. Riickert, Com. on Rom. vol. i. 281 sq. [4]. (fr. Chrys. to Meyer and Godet) content themselves here with a logical increase, far more certainly]); 2 Co. 111. 9,11; Phil. ii. 12; πόσῳ how much, Lk.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

μᾶλλον. P Oxy II. 47457 (a.p. 184?) ἀβουλίᾳ μᾶλλον ἢ πειθοῖ τῶν παρηγγελμένων, ‘in defiance of rather than in obedience tions, p. 128) ὡς ἐν ἄλ]λοις πλείστοις νῦν ἔτι μᾶλλον (cf. Phil 15), ‘‘as on many other occasions so now still

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μᾶλλον (mallon) — more.

Included with: μάλα [μᾰλᾰ;

but [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes uses the ultima long before λ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; before μ, [Refs] adverb very, exceedingly, prefixed or subjoined to Adjectives, Verbs, and Adverbs:

1. strengthening the word with which it stands,

1. a with adjectives, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] very many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. πᾶσα, μ. πάντα, every one, all together, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μάλ᾽ ἀσκηθής all unhurt, [Refs]; ἀβληχρὸς μ. τοῖος quite gentle, [Refs]; σαρδάνιον μ. τοῖον a quite sardonic smile,[Refs]; ἐμέο πρότερος μ. actually before me, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later, μ. φιλόσοφοι, πλάτανος μάλ᾽ ἀμφιλαφής, etc., [Refs 5th c.BC+] very old, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

μᾶλλον

mallon

neuter of the comparative of the same as 3122; (adverbially) more (in

a greater degree)) or rather:--+ better, X far, (the) more (and more),

(so) much (the more), rather.

see GREEK for 3122

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

μᾶλλον

Adv

more, rather

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

μᾶλλον mallon 81x

more, to a greater extent, in a higher degree, Mt. 18:13; 27:24; Jn. 5:18; 1 Cor. 14:18; rather, in preference, Mt. 10:6; Eph. 4:28; used in a periphrasis for the comparative, Acts 20:35; as an intensive with a comparative term, Mt. 6:26; Mk. 7:36; 2 Cor. 7:13; Phil. 1:23; μᾶλλον δέ, yea rather, or, more properly speaking, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

μᾶλλον comp. of μάλα; v. μάλα II.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adv — Adverb
adverb — it qualifies the verb, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

ADV ADVerb or adverb and particle combined

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
48%more
more48% · 40×rather41% · 34×other renderings11% · 9×

83 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 11 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 81 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
πολύςmuch, many, often
οὐNegδέbut, on the otheδόξαhonor, renown, g
πόσος
σύἐπικαλέωI call by an addαὐτός
δέbut, on the other ha
πορεύομαιI travel, journeφοβέωI fear, am terriδιέρχομαιI pass through,
αὐτός
ἐπίδιαστέλλωI give a commissεἰμίI am, exist
ἀλλάbut, except
ὠφελέωI help, benefit,ἀνήκωis due, becomingεἰμίI am, exist
μᾶλλονmore81×
what comes after →
Article the
πατήρfather, Father, οἰκιακόςone of a familyδύναμαιI am powerful, a
δέbut, on the other ha
ἵναin order that, sπροστίθημιI put to, add, dἐγείρωI wake, arouse,
Disj
Article theἐπίἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
σύ
ὀλιγόπιστοςof little faithδιαφέρωI carry through,χαρίζομαιI show favor to,
πρός
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceμᾶλλον · 81× in the New Testament
1 Corinthians Matthew 2 Corinthians Romans Acts Hebrews Philippians Luke Mark John Ephesians 1 Thessalonians
Across the New Testament17 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 18 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 7c. AD 40

Τινὲς γὰρ τὸν κόσμον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν θαυμάσαντες τὸν μὲν ἀγένητόν τε καὶ ἀίδιον ἀπεφήναντο, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ πολλὴν ἀπραξίαν ἀνάγνως κατεψεύσαντο, δέον ἔμπαλιν τοῦ μὲν τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ποιητοῦ καὶ πατρὸς καταπλαγῆναι, τὸν δὲ μὴ πλέον ἀποσεμνῦναι…

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.44c. AD 75–95

φύλλοις οὖν ἑαυτοὺς συκῆς ἐσκέπασαν καὶ ταῦτα πρὸ τῆς αἰδοῦς προβαλόμενοι μᾶλλον ἐδόκουν εὐδαιμονεῖν ὡς ὧν πρότερον ἐσπάνιζον εὑρόντες.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.3c. AD 100

διὸ καὶ μᾶλλον συγχαίρω ἐμαυτῷ ἐλπίζων σωθῆναι.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Oxy. 74 5019OxyrhynchosAD 101–AD 125

εἰ οἶδας ὅτι συμφέρει μᾶλλον ἀγοράσαι παιδίσκην καὶ οὐ συμφέρει οὕτως χρήσασθαι, τοῦτό μοι δός.

P.Mil.Vogl. 1 24Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 117

τότε καὶ ἐπιλαθόμενοι οἷοι ἦσαν παρʼ ἐμοὶ τότε καὶ νῦν οἷοί εἰσιν, ἐπεμβαίνουσί μοι μᾶλλον, ὡς καὶ ὁ ἰσχαρὸς ἱέραξ τότε ἐποίησεν πάλιν σὺν αὐτῷ. ὡς νῦν οὖν Δημήτριος

P.Phil. 10Philadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 139

καὶ οὗτοι ἕνεκα τῆς χρείας ἀφῃρέθησαν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν καὶ εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπορεύθησαν καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὀλιγώτεροι ἐγενόμεθα, ἀναγκαίως ἐπὶ σὲ κατεφύγομεν καὶ ἀξιοῦμεν, ἐάν σοι δόξῃ ἐπιτρέψαι ἐαθῆναι ἡμᾶς

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
ὑμεῖςsu you yourselves G4771 Personal pronoun · second person · nominative · plural
2,892× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This Greek word means 'you' and is used to address someone directly, like in John 1:30 and Matthew 26:64. It's a way to emphasize or contrast the person being spoken to. The KJV Bible translates it as 'thou'.
Tyndale gloss
you
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

σύ is the second-person singular pronoun meaning 'you' in Greek. It has various forms: genitive σοῦ, dative σοί, and accusative σέ. The word can be used for emphasis or contrast, particularly in the New Testament, as seen in verses like Matthew 26:64. It also appears in various dialects and has enclitic forms.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

σύ,

pron. of 2nd pers.,

thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

σύ, pron. of the second pers. (Dor. and Aeol. τύ, Boeot. Tov), gen. σοῦ, dat. σοί, ace. σέ (which oblique cases are enclitic, unless a preposition precede; yet πρός σε is written [uniformly in Ree. (exe. Mt. xxvi. 18), in Grsb. (exe. Jn. xxi. 22, 23), in Treg. (exc. Mt. xxvi. 18; Acts xxiii. 30), in Lchm. (exe. Mt. xxvi.18; Jn. xvii. 11, 13; xxi. 22, 23; Acts xxiii. 30), in Tdf. (exe. Mt. xxvi. 18; Lk. i. 19; Jn. xvii. 11, 13; Jn. xxi. 22; Acts xxiii. 18, 30; 1 Tim. iii. 14; Tit. iii. 12); also by WH in Mt. xxv. 39], see ἐγώ, 2; Lipsius, Grammat. Untersuch. p. 62 sq. [W. §6, 3; B. 31 (27)]); plur. ὑμεῖς, εἴς. : Lat. tu, ete., vos, ete.; thou, ete., ye,ete. The nominatives ov and ὑμεῖς are expressed for emphasis — before a vocative, as σὺ Βηθλεέμ, Mt. ii. 6; σὺ παιδίον (Leian. dial. deor. 2, 1), Lk. i. 76; add, Jn. xvii. 5; Acts i. 24; 1 Tim. vi. 11, etc.; ὑμεῖς of Φαρισαῖοι, Lk. xi. 39…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

σύ (su) — you.

σύ [ῠ],

thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

σύ

su

the person pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See

also 4571, 4671, 4675; and for the plural 5209, 5210, 5213, 5216.

see GREEK for 4675

see GREEK for 4571

see GREEK for 4671

see GREEK for 5209

see GREEK for 5210

see GREEK for 5213

see GREEK for 5216

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

σύ, σοῦ, σοί, σέ

Pers.pr.

you

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

σύ sy 2x

you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, Mt. 1:20; 2:6

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-2NP — Personal pronoun · second person · nominative · plural
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked plural.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-2NP Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Person: second Case: Nominative Number: Plural

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
78%you
you78% · 2412×you yourselves7% · 221×you yourself5% · 168×your3% · 87×other renderings3% · 96×other renderings3% · 89×

3,073 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 37 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject28%object24%adverbial23%indirect object20%predicate5%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 2,892 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
λέγωI say, speak
ἀμήνHebrδέbut, on the otheἐγώ
καίand, even, also, nam
ἐγώοὕτωthus, so, in thiμήNeg
ἐν
Article theεἰμίI am, existγίνομαιI come into bein
πρός
ἔρχομαιI come, goἐγώπέμπωI send
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakπαρακαλέωI summon, entreaθέλωI will, wish, de
σύyou yourselves2892×
what comes after →
Article the
θεόςGod, a godἐνἁμαρτίαa sin
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theεἰρήνηpeace, peace of οὐNeg
ὅτιthat, since, because
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐν
ἐν
Article theποῖοςIrgΧριστόςanointed, the Me

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσύ · 2,892× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke John Acts Mark 2 Corinthians 1 Corinthians Romans 1 Thessalonians Revelation Hebrews Colossians

16 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 450 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.48c. AD 40

„οὐ φυτεύσεις σεαυτῷ ἄλσος, πᾶν ξύλον παρὰ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ“ (Deuter.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.101c. AD 75–95

παύσομαι δὲ τοῦ λοιποῦ μετὰ τοσαύτης ὀργῆς τὰς τιμωρίας ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀδικήμασιν εἰσπραττόμενος καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον σοῦ παρακαλοῦντος.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 35Ptolemais - Akko (Syrien)103 BC

τοῦ ἀποδοθῆι τὸν ἐπεσταλμένον ἡμῖν κατὰ μῆνα πυρὸν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν. διʼ ἄλλων γεγράφαμεν ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν βουλόμεθα μηδεμιᾶς προσφωνήσεως προσπεπτωκυίας. ἑαυτῶν δὲ ἐπιμελόμενοι ἵνʼ ὑγιαίνητε, — ἔσμεν ἐν

P.Grenf. 1 32Pelusion103 BC

η Φατρήους καὶ … χαίρειν καὶ ἐρρωμένοις διευτυχεῖν. ἐρρώμεθα δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρίστην μνείαν ποιούμενοι παρὰ τοῖς ἐν Πηλουσίωι θεοῖς. καλῶς ποιήσεις διαλύσας Ἁρκοννῆσιν καὶ

P.Grenf. 1 41Thebais3 BC

παρὰ Πετεύριος διεθέντος μου ὑπάρξει σοι εἰς στέφανον χαλκοῦ τάλαντα δεκάπεντε, τάλαντα ιε. εὐτύχει .

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
διαφέρετεdiapherō are valuable G1308 Verb · present · active · indicative · second person · plural
13× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To spread or surpass, like news being spread abroad, as seen in Acts 13:49, or to differ and be more excellent, as mentioned in Romans 2:18 and Matthew 6:26.
Amplified meaning
precious, esteemed
Tyndale gloss
to spread/surpass
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

διαφέρω is built from the prefix δια- and the root φέρω, meaning to carry or bear. It covers a range of meanings including to transport, to differ, and to excel. In the New Testament, it appears in contexts such as carrying through (Mark 11:16) and making a difference (Galatians 2:6). The lexicons do not show significant disagreement.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

δια-φέρω

[in LXX for שְׁנָא (Da 7 only); I Ki 17:39, Es 3:13, al. ;]

trans.,

to carry through: seq. διά, Mk 11:16;

to carry about, spread abroad: pass., Ac 13:49 27:27.

Intrans.,

to differ: τὰ διαφέροντα, Ro 2:18, Phl 1:10 (R, mg., but v. infr.); impers., διαφέρει, it makes a difference, it matters: Ga 2:6;

to excel: c. gen. Mt 6:26 10:31 12:12, Lk 12:7, 24, I Co 15:41,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

δια-φέρω ; 2 aor. διήνεγκον [but the subj. 3 pers. sing. διενέγκῃ (MK. xi. 16), the only aor. form which occurs, can come as well fr. 1 aor. diujveyxa; cf. Veitch s. v. φέρω, fin.]; Pass., [pres. duapepopar]; impf. διεφερόμην ; [fr. Hom. (h. Mere. 255), Pind. down]; 1. to bear or carry through any place: σκεῦος διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Mk. xi. 16. 2. to carry different ways,i.e. a. trans. to carry in different directions, to different places: thus persons are said διαφέρεσθαι, who are carried hither and thither ina ship, driven to and fro, Acts xxvii. 27, (Strab. 3, 2, 7 p- 144; σκάφος ὑπ᾽ ἐναντίων πνευμάτων διαφερόμενον, Philo, migr. Abr. § 27; Leian. Hermot. 28; often in Plut.); metaph. to spread abroad: διεφέρετο ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δί ὅλης τῆς χώρας, Acts xiii. 49, (ἀγγελίας, Leian. dial. deor. 24,15; φήμη διαφέρεται, Plut. mor. p. 163 4.). Ὄ. intrans. (like the Lat. differo) to differ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

διαφέρω. It may be well to illustrate at length the varying shades of meaning which this common verb exhibits. In P Lond 45° (B.c. 160-59) (=I. p. 36) a certain Ptolemy addresses a petition to King Ptolemy Philometor stating that his house had been sacked, and goods valued at twenty talents had been ‘carried off -τῶν am’ αὐτῆς φορτίων διενηνεγμένων. For ὃ. = ‘differ ” cf. P Tor I. 1-15 (b.c. 116) μηδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐργασίαν ἐπιτελεῖν, διαφέρειν δὲ τὴν τούτων λειτουργίαν. From this is naturally developed the meaning ἐξ Surpass, excel,” common in NT. For this see P Tebt 1. 27° (B.C. 113) τῶν οὖν ἐν τοῖς καθ᾽ H[pa]s (/. ὑ[μᾶ]9) τόποις πίστει καὶ ἀσφαλείαι δι[αἹφ[εἸρ[όν των τὰς κατ᾽ ἄνδρα γραφάς, “the lists of individuals in your district who are conspicuous for honesty and steadiness” (Edd.), so again, P Oxy VII. 10611* (B.c. 22) διαφέρετε yap τοῦ Πτολεμαίου ἐμπειρίᾳ, “for you are superior to…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

διαφέρω (diapherō) — to spread/surpass.

διαφέρω,

future διοίσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 1 διήνεγκα, Ionic dialect διήνεικα: aorist 2 διήνεγκον:—carry over or across, δ. ναῦς τὸν Ἰσθμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; carry from one to another, διαφέρεις κηρύγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] will put the tongue in motion, will speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. of Time, δ. τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸν βίον, go through life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, live, continue, ὑγιηροὶ τἄλλα διαφέρονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σοῦ διοίσεται μόνος will pass his life apart from thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

3. bear through, bear to the end, σκῆπτρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γαστρὸς ὄγκον δ., of a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

διαφέρω

diaphero

from 1223 and 5342; to bear through, i.e. (literally) transport;

usually to bear apart, i.e. (objectively) to toss about (figuratively,

report); subjectively, to "differ", or (by implication) surpass:--be

better, carry, differ from, drive up and down, be (more) excellent,

make matter, publish, be of more value.

see GREEK for 1223

see GREEK for 5342

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

διαφέρω

v.

I carry through, differ, surpass, excel

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

διαφέρω diapherō 13x

to convey through, across, Mk. 11:16; to carry different ways or into different parts, separate; pass. to be borne, driven, or tossed hither and thither, Acts 27:27; to be proclaimed, published, Acts 13:49; intrans. met. to differ, 1 Cor. 15:41; to excel, be better or of greater value, be superior, Mt. 6:26; 10:31; impers. διαφέρει, it makes a difference, it is of consequence; with οὐδέν, it makes no difference, it is nothing, Gal. 2:6

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

διαφέρω fut. -οίσω fut. -οίσομαι aor1 -ήνεγκα ionic -ήνεικα aor2 -ήνεγκον perf. -ενήνοχα to carry over or across, δ. ναῦς τὸν Ἰσθμόν Thuc.: to carry from one to another, κηρύγματα Eur.:—metaph., γλῶσσαν διοίσει will put the tongue in motion, will speak, Soph.

of Time, δ. τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸν βίον to go through life, Hdt., Eur.; absol., ἄπαις διοίσει id. Eur.: —in Mid., διοίσεται will pass his life, Soph.; σκοπούμενος διοίσει Xen.

to bear through, bear to the end, σκῆπτρα Eur., etc.

to bear to the end, go through with, πόλεμον Hdt., Thuc.:— to endure, support, sustain, Lat. perferre, Soph., Eur.

to carry different ways, to toss or cast about, id. Eur.

to spread abroad, Dem.

to tear asunder, Lat. differre, Aesch., Eur.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-PAI-2P — Verb · present · active · indicative · second person · plural
present active indicative — an action in progress.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-PAI-2P Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Present Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: second Number: Plural

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
15%more valuable
more valuable15% · 2×carried8% · 1×being driven about8% · 1×being superior8% · 1×differs8% · 1×makes a difference8% · 1×he differs8% · 1×being excellent8% · 1×other renderings31% · 4×

13 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 12 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 13 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
στρουθίονa small bird, sparro
πολύςmuch, many, ofte
Article the
δοκιμάζωI put to the tesσύ
μᾶλλονmore, rather
σύ
οὖνtherefore, then
πόσος
τὶς
ἵναin order that, s
διαφέρωare valuable13×
what comes after →
αὐτός
σύ
ἄνθρωποςa man, one of the hu
πρόβατονa sheep
σκεῦοςa vessel to contain
διά
Article the
πετεινόςa bird

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceδιαφέρω · 13× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Galatians Luke 1 Corinthians Mark Philippians Romans
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 6 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 62c. AD 40

διαφέρει γὰρ ἔμψυχα ἀψύχων οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον ἢ αἰσθήσει·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.143c. AD 75–95

διαφέρει δʼ οὐδὲν ἢ μὴ περιιδεῖν ἀπολλυμένους ὑπʼ ἐνδείας τῶν ἀναγκαίων, ἢ μὴ κολάσαι δόξαντας ἁμαρτεῖν καὶ περὶ τὴν εὐεργεσίαν τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ λαμπρὰν γενομένην φθονηθέντας, ἡ δʼ αὐτὴ χάρις ἄλλῳ μέντοι τρόπῳ διδομένη·

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. AD 6th c. AD 4th c. AD 2nd c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Fay. 26Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 150

φανέντων … … ἐπει καὶ τὸν διὰ τοῦτο μειούμενον φόρον … … … φόρων διαφέρει ἀναδῶτε … εὐπόρους εἰς λειτουργίαν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ κινδύνῳ ἐπεστείλαμεν. σεσημείωμαι. ἔτους ιγ Αὐτοκράτορος Καίσαρος

PSI 10 1100ArsinoitesAD 161

𐅵 καὶ φακοῦ ηα καὶ πρὸς καὶ ἄλλα γένη, ἡ δὲ ἐκμέτρησις τούτων ἐμοὶ διαφέρει. καὶ ὑφορῶμαι μὴ ἐπὶ περιγραφῇ τῇ ἐμῇ ταῦτα βασταχθῇ καὶ παραπόληται τῷ ταμίῳ. Φαῦστος

Pap.Brux. 8 p. 94-Theadelphia (Arsinoites)AD 167

ἐπʼ ἀγαθοῖς κατασπορᾶς ἃς ὁ αὐτὸς βασιλικὸς γραμματεὺς ὧι ἡ περὶ τῶν σπερμάτων διάκρισις διαφέρει, ἔγραψεν ὀφείλειν ἐξοδιασθῆναι δημοσίοις γεωργοῖς κώμης Καμείνων καὶ Κερκεσήφεως αἰτησαμένοις διὰ Χιλᾶ Κρονίωνος καὶ

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
τῶνho than the G3588 Article · genitive · plural · neuter
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-GPN — Article · genitive · plural · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked plural neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-GPN Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Neuter

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
than the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

do consider the ravens that not they sow nor they reap to them not there is a storehouse nor [is] barn — and <the> God feeds them; How much more you yourselves are valuable than the birds?
πετεινῶν;peteinos birds? G4071 Noun · genitive · plural · neuter
14× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A bird is a flying animal, as seen in Matthew 6:26 and 8:20. Jesus taught about birds to illustrate God's care for his creation. The Bible often uses birds as examples in teachings.
Amplified meaning
fowl, creatures of the air
Tyndale gloss
bird
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word πετεινός (lemma: peteinos) means 'flying' or 'winged' and is primarily used to refer to birds. It appears in various forms in the New Testament, often as the neuter plural πετεινά, denoting 'birds' in contexts like Matthew 6:26 and Mark 4:4. The word is derived from πέτομαι, meaning 'to fly'.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πετεινός, -ή, -όν

(< πέτομαι),

[in LXX chiefly for עוֹף;]

in trag., Ion. and late writers, winged, flying; as subst., τὸ π., a winged fowl, a bird: pl., Mt 6:26 8:20 13:4, 32, Mk 4:4, 32, Lk 8:5 9:58 12:24 13:19, Ac 10:12 11:6, Ro 1:23, Ja 3:7.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πετεινός, -7, -όν, (Attic for πετηνός, fr. πέτομαι), flying, winged ; in the N. T. found only in neut. plur. πετεινά and τὰ πετεινά, as subst., flying or winged animals, birds: Mt. xiii. 4; Mk.iv.4 [GL T Tr WH]; Lk. xii. 24; Ro.i. 23; Jas. ill. 7; τὰ mer. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Sept. for Ὁ ΣΟ ΤΙ >i}; see οὐρανός, 1 b.), the birds of heaven, i.e. flying in the heavens (air), Mt. vi. 26; viii. 20; xiii. 32; Mk. iv. 4 [Rec.], 32; Lk. viii. 5; ix. 585; xiii. 19; Acts x. 12 [here LT Tr WH om. τά]; xi. 6. [(Theogn., Hdt., al.)]

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πετεινός (peteinos) — bird.

πετεινός, ή, όν,

also πετηνός (see. near the end), and πτηνός (see. entry), Epic dialect and poetry πετεηνός (also πετεεινός [Refs 1st c.BC+]:— able to fly, full-fledged, of young birds, πάρος πετεηνὰ γενέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of birds generally, able to fly, winged, πετηνῶν.. ὑπ᾽ οἰωνῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] winged fowl, αἰετὸς.. τελειότατος πετεηνῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πετεινόν a bird, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τὰ πετεινά (with variant{πετηνά}) [Refs 5th c.BC+] is the name of an Attic dialectship in [Refs]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πετεινόν

peteinon

neuter of a derivative of 4072; a flying animal, i.e. bird:--bird,

fowl.

see GREEK for 4072

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πετεινόν, οῦ, τό

n.n.

a bird

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πετεινόν peteinon 14x

a bird, fowl, Mt. 6:26; 8:20

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-GPN — Noun · genitive · plural · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked plural neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GPN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Plural Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

burds (`ayiT; Greek variously ta peteina (Mt 13:4) ta ornea tou ouranou (Re 19:17) ornis (Mt 23:37; Lu 13:34) Latin, avis; Old English "brid"):

I. Meaning of the Word.

All authorities agree that the exact origin of the word bird, as we apply it to feathered creatures, is unknown.

1. In Early Hebrew:

The Hebrew `ayiT means to "tear and scratch the face," and in its original form undoubtedly applied to birds of prey. It is probable that no spot of equal size on the face of the globe ever collected such numbers of vultures, eagles and hawks as ancient Palestine. The land was so luxuriant that flocks and herds fed from the face of Nature. In cities, villages, and among…

Smith's Bible Dictionary

[SPARROW]

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

Birds, like other animals, were divided by Moses into clean and unclean; the former might be eaten, the latter not. The general ground of distinction is, that those which feed on grain or seeds are clean; while those which devour flesh, fish, or carrion, are unclean. Turtledoves, young pigeons, and perhaps some other kinds of birds, were prescribed in the Mosaic law as offerings, Le 5:7-10 14:4-7 Lu 2:24.

There is great difficulty in accurately determining the different species of birds prohibited in Le 11:13-19 De 14:11-20, and the proper version of the Hebrew names. The information we have respecting them may be found under the names by which they are translated in our…

Nave's Topical Bible

→ Creation of, on the fifth creative day Ge 1:20-30

→ Man's dominion over Ge 1:26,28; 9:2,3; Ps 8:5-8; Jer 27:6; Da 2:38; Jas 3:7

→ Appointed for food Ge 9:2,3; De 14:11-20

→ What species were unclean Le 11:13-20; De 14:12-19

→ Used for sacifice

See DOVE

→ See PIGEON

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
93%birds
birds93% · 13×birds?7% · 1×

14 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject71%adverbial21%object7%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 14 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,ἔρχομαιI come, goεἰς
καίand, even, also, nam
γῆthe earth, soil,ἄνθρωποςa man, one of thτέDisj
πετεινόςbirds?14×
what comes after →
Article the
οὐρανόςthe sky, the hea
καίand, even, also, nam
κατεσθίωI eat till it isτετράπουςfour-footed
κατεσθίωI eat till it is fin
αὐτός
ἑρπετόνa creeping creature,
τέDisj

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπετεινός · 14× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Acts Mark James Romans
Across the New Testament6 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 32 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Epistle of Barnabas The Shepherd of Hermas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 2.9c. AD 40

"καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς ἔτι ἐκ τῆς γῆς πάντα τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν Ἀδάμ, ἰδεῖν τί καλέσει αὐτά·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.245c. AD 75–95

τῆς γὰρ γῆς οὔσης χαλεπῆς ὁδευθῆναι διὰ πλῆθος ἑρπετῶν, παμφορωτάτη γάρ ἐστι τούτων, ὡς καὶ τὰ παρʼ ἄλλοις οὐκ ὄντα μόνη τρέφειν δυνάμει τε καὶ κακίᾳ καὶ τῷ τῆς ὄψεως ἀσυνήθει διαφέροντα, τινὰ δʼ αὐτῶν ἐστι καὶ πετεινὰ ὡς λανθάνοντα μὲν ἀπὸ γῆς…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 6.12c. AD 100

λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ περὶ ἡμῶν, ὡς λέγει τῷ υἱῷ: Ποιήσωμεν κατ̓ εἰκόνα καὶ καθ̓ ὁμοίωσιν ἡμῶν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἀρχέτωσαν τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν πετεινῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἰχθύων τῆς θαλάσσης.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
1st c. AD 2nd c. BC
O.Wilck. 2 1523Theben128 BC–127 BC

Ἀρίων ὁ παρὰ Ξενοδοκίου Βίωνι χαίρειν. ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ τὸ τέλος τῶν πετεινῶν ἕως τοῦ μδ ἔτους καὶ οὐθὲν σοι ἐγκαλῶ. ἔτους μδ.

BIFAO 41 (1941), p. 169-171 no. 14Wâdi FawâkhirAD 40–AD 42

λιβέλλον ὅτι ἀπὸ Ἀγριππίνου ἕως ἄρτι ὑπὸ τοῖς ἐπάρχοις κυνηγοῦμεν πάντα τὰ θηρία καὶ πετεινὰ ἐπʼ ἔτους. ἃ πεπιάκαμεν δεδώκαμεν Κερεαλίῳ καὶ ἔπεμψέ σοι αὐτὰ καὶ τὰ σκεύη πάντα

Sources on this page. Lexicons and dictionaries imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones, Robinson and Packard, Webster and Cawdrey. Thayer’s Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament (Harper, 1889 — Grimm’s Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti, translated, revised and enlarged by Joseph Henry Thayer) is public domain and is set here from the Internet Archive page scan greekenglishlex00grim; it is uncorrected OCR, marked as such on the entry itself, and the Strong’s numbers — which Thayer’s own edition does not carry — were matched by lemma against the other modules on this page. Trench’s Synonyms of the New Testament (Macmillan, 1880) and Moulton and Milligan’s Vocabulary of the Greek Testament (Hodder & Stoughton, 1930, which entered the United States public domain on 1 January 2026) are set from Internet Archive page scans synonymsofnewtes00treniala and vocabularyofgree00mouluoft, and are likewise uncorrected OCR matched to Strong’s numbers by lemma. Trench treats a group of words at once, so the same essay stands on the page of each word it compares. The Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary is © 1993 and is used here by permission for non-commercial use, www.teknia.com/greek-dictionary. The full Liddell-Scott-Jones and the Hebrew word data (TAHOT) come from STEPBible.org, CC BY 4.0. Brown-Driver-Briggs is the OpenScriptures digitisation, public domain. Syntax analysis is the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (biblicalhumanities.org); the concordance and morphology are built from the tagged Nestle 1904 text. Septuagint occurrences use the Open Scriptures Septuagint lemma index, derived from CCAT (University of Pennsylvania) and the Rahlfs 1935 dataset by Eliran Wong, CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 — used here on a non-commercial ministry site. Greek of Josephus and Barnabas from the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. Commentaries and the Ante-Nicene Fathers are public-domain texts hosted on this site. Everyday Greek from the Duke Databank of Documentary Papyri, CC BY 3.0, with dates and provenance from the Heidelberger Gesamtverzeichnis. Philo and the Apostolic Fathers from Open Greek and Latin (First1KGreek), CC BY-SA 4.0. The apparatus and the fifth Greek column are the SBL Greek New Testament, © 2010 SBL and Logos Bible Software, CC BY 4.0. The Latin is the Clementine Vulgate (public domain); the Syriac New Testament is the ETCBC edition (MIT licence). The Hebrew behind the Greek is computed here from the Septuagint index and TAHOT, not taken from any aligned edition. The translation spread and the per-word edition marks come from the Translators Amalgamated Greek NT (STEPBible, CC BY 4.0); clause roles from the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (CC BY-SA 4.0); place identifications and their confidence from OpenBible.info Bible Geocoding (CC BY 4.0), with map tiles © OpenStreetMap contributors. Gospel parallels are computed here from shared uncommon vocabulary, not taken from any printed harmony. Cross references are the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge and the subject headings are Nave’s Topical Bible, both public domain. Works under Creative Commons licences are used unchanged apart from markup removal.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate